WO2004024675A1 - Substituted aminoethers for the treatment of alzheimer's disease - Google Patents

Substituted aminoethers for the treatment of alzheimer's disease Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2004024675A1
WO2004024675A1 PCT/US2003/028388 US0328388W WO2004024675A1 WO 2004024675 A1 WO2004024675 A1 WO 2004024675A1 US 0328388 W US0328388 W US 0328388W WO 2004024675 A1 WO2004024675 A1 WO 2004024675A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
alkyl
optionally substituted
alkoxy
amino
halogen
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2003/028388
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
James P. Beck
Matthew Drowns
Martha A. Warpehoski
Original Assignee
Pharmacia & Upjohn Company Llc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Pharmacia & Upjohn Company Llc filed Critical Pharmacia & Upjohn Company Llc
Priority to AU2003273310A priority Critical patent/AU2003273310A1/en
Priority to BR0314180-2A priority patent/BR0314180A/en
Priority to CA002498269A priority patent/CA2498269A1/en
Priority to JP2004536446A priority patent/JP2005538177A/en
Priority to MXPA05002705A priority patent/MXPA05002705A/en
Priority to US10/527,294 priority patent/US7566730B2/en
Priority to EP03755809A priority patent/EP1537072A1/en
Publication of WO2004024675A1 publication Critical patent/WO2004024675A1/en
Priority to US12/509,938 priority patent/US20090291970A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C233/00—Carboxylic acid amides
    • C07C233/64—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings
    • C07C233/77—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by amino groups
    • C07C233/78—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by amino groups with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by an acyclic carbon atom
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C237/00—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups
    • C07C237/28—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups having the carbon atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring of the carbon skeleton
    • C07C237/34—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups having the carbon atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring of the carbon skeleton having the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group bound to an acyclic carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C255/00—Carboxylic acid nitriles
    • C07C255/49—Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of a carbon skeleton
    • C07C255/57—Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of a carbon skeleton containing cyano groups and carboxyl groups, other than cyano groups, bound to the carbon skeleton
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/28—Radicals substituted by singly-bound oxygen or sulphur atoms
    • C07D213/30—Oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/78—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C07D213/81—Amides; Imides
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D239/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
    • C07D239/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D239/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D239/26—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D263/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings
    • C07D263/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D263/30—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D263/32—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D277/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
    • C07D277/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D277/20—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D277/22—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D277/30—Radicals substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D413/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2601/00—Systems containing only non-condensed rings
    • C07C2601/02—Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a three-membered ring

Definitions

  • the invention relates to substituted aminoethers and to such compounds that are useful in treatment of Alzheimer's disease and similar diseases, more specifically it relates to such compounds that inhibit ⁇ -secretase, an enzyme that cleaves amyloid precursor protein to produce A ⁇ peptide, a major component of the amyloid plaques found in the brains of Alzheimer's sufferers.
  • AD Alzheimer's disease
  • Clinical presentation of AD is characterized by loss of memory, cognition, reasoning, judgement, and orientation. As the disease progresses, motor, sensory, and linguistic abilities are also affected until there is global impairment of multiple cognitive functions . These cognitive losses occur gradually, but typically lead to severe impairment and eventual death in the range of four to twelve years .
  • Alzheimer's disease is characterized by two major pathologic observations in the brain: neurofibrillary tangles and beta amyloid (or neuritic) plaques, comprised predominantly of an aggregate of a peptide fragment know as A beta.
  • Individuals with AD exhibit characteristic beta-amyloid deposits in the brain (beta amyloid plaques) and in cerebral blood vessels (beta amyloid angiopathy) as well as neurofibrillary tangles.
  • Neurofibrillary tangles occur not only in Alzheimer's disease but also in other dementia- inducing disorders. On autopsy, large numbers of these lesions are generally found in areas of the human brain important for memory and cognition.
  • Amyloidogenic plaques and vascular amyloid angiopathy also characterize the brains of individuals with Triso y 21 (Down's Syndrome), Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch-Type (HCHWA-
  • Beta-amyloid is a ft defining feature of AD, now believed to be a causative precursor or factor in the development of disease. Deposition of A beta in areas of the brain responsible for cognitive activities is a major factor in the development of AD. Beta- amyloid plaques are predominantly composed of amyloid beta peptide (A beta, also sometimes designated betaA4) .
  • a beta peptide is derived by proteolysis of the amyloid precursor protein (APP) and is comprised of 39-42 amino acids. Several proteases called secretases are involved in the processing of APP.
  • Cleavage of APP at the N-terminus of the A beta peptide by beta-secretase and at the C-terminus by one or more gamma- secretases constitutes the beta- amyloidogenic pathway, i.e. the pathway by which A beta is formed.
  • Cleavage of APP by alpha-secretase produces alpha- sAPP, a secreted form of APP that does not result in beta- amyloid plaque formation. This alternate pathway precludes the formation of A beta peptide.
  • a description of the proteolytic processing fragments of APP is found, for example, in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,441,870; 5,721,130; and 5,942,400.
  • beta-secretase enzyme has been identified as the enzyme responsible for processing of APP at the beta-secretase cleavage site.
  • the beta-secretase enzyme has been disclosed using varied nomenclature, including BACE, Asp, am Mamepsin. See, for example, Sindha et.al., 1999, Nature 402:537-554 (p501) and published PCT application OO ⁇ /17369.
  • beta-amyloid peptide plays a seminal role in the pathogenesis of AD and can precede cognitive symptoms by years or decades. See, for example, Selkoe, 1991, Neuron 6:487. Release of A beta from neuronal cells grown in culture and the presence of A beta in cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) of both normal individuals and AD patients has been demonstrated. See, for example, Seubert et al., 1992, Nature 359:325-327.
  • a beta peptide accumulates as a result of APP processing by beta ⁇ secretase, thus inhibition of this enzyme's activity is desirable for the treatement of AD.
  • In vivo processing of APP at the beta-secretase cleavage site is thought to be a rate-limiting step in A beta production, and is thus a therapeutic target for the treatment of AD. See for example, Sabbagh, M., et al . , 1997, Alz . Dis . Rev. 3, 1- 19.
  • BACE1 knockout mice fail to produce A beta, and present a normal phenotype.
  • the progeny show reduced amounts of A beta in brain extracts as compared with control animals (Luo et.al., 2001 Nature Neuroscience 4:231-232). This evidence further supports the proposal that inhibition of beta-secretase activity and reduction of A beta in the brain provides a therapeutic method for the treatment of AD and other beta amyloid disorders.
  • Published PCT application WOO ⁇ /47618 entitled "Beta- Secretase Enzyme Compositions and Methods" identifies the beta-secretase enzyme and methods of its use.
  • WO00/77030 discloses tetrapeptide inhibitors of beta-secretase activity that are based on a statine molecule
  • US Patent 5,175,281 discloses 21-aminosteroids as being useful for treating Alzheimer's disease.
  • US Patent 5,502,187 discloses bicyclic heterocyclic amines as being useful for treating Alzheimer's disease.
  • the hydroxyethylamine "nucleus" or isostere, of which the compounds of the invention is a truncated analog, has been used with success in the area of HIV protease inhibition. Many of these hydroxyethylamine compounds are known as well as how to make them. See for example, J " . Am. Chem.
  • X is O, S, NR 20 / or NR 2 oNR 2 o; wherein each R 20 is H, C ⁇ _ 6 alkyl or al enyl, C ⁇ _ s haloalkyl or C 4 - 7 cycloalkyl; wherein R x is - (CH 2 ) 1-2-S (O) 0-2- (C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl), or
  • C X -C 1Q alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, OH, -SH, -C ⁇ N, -CF 3/ -C ⁇ -C 3 alkoxy, amino, mono- or dialkylamino and -C 1 -C 3 alkyl, or C 2 -C ⁇ o alkenyl or C 2 -C ⁇ 0 alkynyl each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, -SH, -C ⁇ N, -CF 3 , C 1 -C 3 alkoxy, amino, C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl and mono- or dialkylamino; and the heterocyclyl group is optionally further substituted with oxo;
  • R and R' independently are hydrogen, C ⁇ -C 10 alkyl, C 1 -C 10 alkylaryl or C x -C ⁇ o alkylheteroaryl ; wherein R c is hydrogen, - (CR245R250) 0-4 -aryl, - (CR245R250) 0-4- heteroaryl, - (CR 2 4s 2 so) 0 - 4 -heterocyclyl , - (CR 2 5R250) 0-4-aryl- heteroaryl, - (CR245R 2 50) o- 4 - aryl -heterocyclyl , - (CR245R250) 0-4- aryl-aryl, - (CR245R250) 0-4 -heteroaryl -aryl, - (CR245R250) 0-4 -heteroaryl -aryl, - (CR245R250) 0-4- heteroaryl- he erocycly
  • R 20 o at each occurrence is independently selected from -OH,
  • halogen -C0 2 H, CsN, - (CH 2 ) 0 -4-CO-NR 220 R 2 25, -(CH 2 ) 0 -4- C0-(C ⁇ -C 12 alkyl), - (CH 2 ) 0-4-CO- (C 2 -C 12 alkenyl), - (CH 2 ) 0 . 4 - CO- (C2-C 12 alkynyl), - (CH 2 ) 0-4-CO- (C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl),
  • Ci-Cio alkyl optionally substituted with 1 , 2 , or 3 R205 groups , or
  • R 205 at each occurrence is independently selected from C ! -C e alkyl, halogen, -OH, -O-phenyl, -SH, -C ⁇ N, -CF 3 , C ⁇ -C 6 alkoxy, NH 2 , NH(C ⁇ -C ⁇ alkyl) or N- (d-C 6 alkyl) (C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl) ;
  • R2 5 and R 2 5 0 are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a carbocycle of 3 , 4, 5, 6, or 7 carbon atoms, where one carbon atom is optionally replaced by a heteroatom selected from -0-, -S-, -S0 2 -, R 255 and R 260 at each occurrence are independently selected from -H, -(CH 2 ) 3 .-2-8(0) 0-2- ⁇ C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl), - (d-C* alkyl) -aryl, - (C 1 -C 4 alkyl
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of H; NH 2 ; -NH- (CH 2 )n6- R 4 - 1 ; -NHR 8 ; -NR 50 C(O)R s ; C ⁇ C 4 alkyl -NHC (O) R 5 ; -(CH 2 ) 0 -4R 8 ; -
  • O-C 1 -C 4 alkanoyl; OH; C 6 -C ⁇ 0 aryloxy optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently halogen, C x - C 4 alkyl, -C0 2 H, -C(0)-C!-C4 alkoxy, or C 1 -C 4 alkoxy; C ⁇ -C 6 alkoxy; aryl C 1 -C 4 alkoxy; -NR 50 CO 2 R 5 i; -C 1 -C 4 alkyl - NR 5 oC0 2 R 5 ⁇ ; -C ⁇ N; -CF 3 ; -CF 2 -CF 3 ; -C ⁇ CH; -CH 2 -CH CH 2 ; -(CH 2 ) ⁇ _
  • R_x is selected from the group consisting of -S0 2 - (C ⁇ -C 8 alkyl), -SO- (d-C 8 alkyl), -S- (C ⁇ -C ⁇ alkyl), -S-CO- (d-Cg alkyl), -S0 2 -NR 4 - 2 R4 ⁇ 3; -CO-C ⁇ -C 2 alkyl; -CO-NR4- R 4 - 2 and R 4 _ 3 are independently H, d-C 3 alkyl, or C 3 -C 3 cycloalkyl ; R 4 - 4 is alkyl, arylalkyl, alkanoyl, or arylalkanoyl; R.g is-H or C ⁇ -Cg alkyl;
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl; C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently halogen, -NR 6 R 7 , d-C 4 alkoxy, C 5 -C 6 heterocycloalkyl , C 3 -C 6 heteroaryl, C 6 -C 10 aryl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl C 1 -C 4 alkyl, -S-d-C 4 alkyl, -S ⁇ 2-d-C 4 alkyl, -C0 2 H, -CONR 6 R 7 , - CO2-C1-C4 alkyl, C 3 -C ⁇ 0 aryloxy; heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently C 1 -C 4 alkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy, halogen, d-
  • C haloalkyl, or OH C haloalkyl, or OH; heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently d-d alkyl, d-C 4 alkoxy, halogen, or C 2 -C 4 alkanoyl; aryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently halogen,
  • R 6 and R 7 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkanoyl, phenyl, -S0 2 -d-C 4 alkyl, phenyl C 1 -C 4 alkyl;
  • R s is selected from the group consisting of -S0 2 - heteroaryl, -S0 2 -aryl, -S0 2 -heterocycloalkyl, -S0 2 -C ⁇ - C10 alkyl, -C(0)NHR 9/ heterocycloalkyl, -S-Ci-d alkyl, -S-C 2 -C alkanoyl, wherein R 9 is aryl C1-C 4 alkyl, C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, or H;
  • R S o is H or d-C 3 alkyl
  • R 5 ⁇ is selected from the group consisting of aryl C 1 -C 4 alkyl; C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently halogen, cyano, heteroaryl, -NR S R 7 , -C(0)NR 6 R 7 , C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, or -C 1 -C 4 alkoxy; heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups that are independently C 1 -C 4 alkyl, C ⁇ -C 4 alkoxy, halogen, C 2 - C alkanoyl, aryl d-C 4 alkyl, and -S0 2 C1-C 4 alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently OH, Ci- C 4 alkyl, C ⁇ -C 4 alkoxy, halogen, NH 2 , NH(d.-C 6 alkyl) or N(
  • R 52 is heterocycloalkyl , heteroaryl , aryl , cycloalkyl ,
  • X' is selected from the group consisting of -d-d alkylidenyl optionally optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 methyl groups; and -NR 4 - 6 -; or R 4 and R- e combine to form -(CH 2 )nio ⁇ / wherein
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of a bond; S0 2 ; SO; S; and C (O) ;
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of H; C 1 -C 4 haloalkyl; C 3 -C 6 heterocycloalkyl; C 3 -C 10 aryl; OH; -N(Y 1 )(Y 2 ); C1-C10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 thru 3 substituents which can be the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, and haloalkoxy; C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, and halogen; alkoxy; aryl optionally substituted with halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, CN or N0 2 ; arylalkyl optionally substituted with halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, CN or N
  • Yi and Y 2 are the same or different and are H; d-Ci o alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, d-C 4 alkoxy, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, and OH; C 2 -C 3 alkenyl; C 2 -C 6 alkanoyl; phenyl; -S0 2 -d-C4 alkyl; phenyl d-C 4 alkyl; or C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl d- alkyl; or Yi, Y 2 and the nitrogen to which they are attached form a ring selected from the group consisting of piperazinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, and pyrolidinyl, wherein each ring is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, d-C 6 alkoxy, C ⁇ -C 6 alkoxy Ci-C alky
  • Rioo is C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3
  • Rus groups; W is -(CH 2 ) 0 -4-, -0-, -S(0)o-2-, -N(R 135 )-, -CR(OH)- or -C(O)-;
  • R 102 and R ⁇ 02 ' independently are hydrogen, or d-C 10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently halogen, aryl or -Rno;
  • R05 and R'1 0 5 independently represent -H, -Rno, -R120, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, - (C ⁇ -C 2 alkyl) - (C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl), - (C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl) -0- (C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl), C 2 -C ⁇ alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, or d- C ⁇ alkyl chain with one double bond and one triple bond, or
  • Ci-C alkyl optionally substituted with -OH or -NH 2 ; or, Ci-Cg alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, or Rios and R' IOS together with the atom to which they are attached form a 3 to 7 membered carbocylic ring, where one member is optionally a heteratom selected from -0-, -S(O) 0 -2- > - N(R ⁇ 35 )-, the ring being optionally substituted with 1, 2 or three R ⁇ 40 groups ; us at each occurrence is independently halogen, -OH, -C0 2 R ⁇ 02 / -Ci-Cg thioalkoxy, -C0 2 -phenyl, -NR ⁇ o 5 R'i35, -S0 2 - (C ⁇ -C 8 alkyl), -C( 0)R l ⁇ o , Rmo, -CONR 105 R' ⁇ os, -SO 2 NR
  • R 140 is heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from Ci-C alkyl, C ⁇ -C 6 alkoxy, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, amino, mono(C ⁇ -
  • C 6 alkylamino, di (Ci-Cg) alkylamino, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C e alkynyl, Ci- haloalkyl, C ⁇ -C 3 haloalkoxy, amino (Ci-
  • R 150 is hydrogen, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, - (C ⁇ -C 2 alkyl) - (C 3 -C cycloalkyl), C 2 -C 3 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl with one double bond and one triple bond, -Rno, - 120 or Ci- alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from -OH, -NH 2 , C1-C 3 alkoxy, Rno, and halogen; Rise' is C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, - (C ⁇ C 3 alkyl) - (C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl), C 2 - C s alkenyl, C 2 -C 5 alkynyl, C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl with one double bond and one triple bond, -Rno, -R120/ or Ci-Cg alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or
  • Ri3o is heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R i25 groups;
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of H; C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents that are independently selected from the group consisting of d- alkyl, halogen, -OH, -SH, -C ⁇ N, -CF 3 , C ⁇ -C 3 alkoxy, and -NR ⁇ - a Ri-b; wherein
  • Ri_a and R ⁇ _ b are -H or d-C 5 alkyl
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of H; C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C 1 -C 3 alkyl, halogen, -OH, -SH, -C ⁇ N, -CF 3 , C 1 -C 3 alkoxy, and - NR ⁇ - a R ⁇ _ b ; - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 - ryl; - (CH 2 ) 0 - 4 -heteroaryl ; C 2 -C 6 alkenyl; C 2 -C 6 alkynyl; -CONR N _ 2 RN-3; -S0 2 NR N - 2 RN ⁇ 3; -C0 2 H; and -C0 2 - (C1-C4 alkyl) ;
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of H; C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected
  • R N _ 2 and R N - 3 at each occurrence are independently selected from the group consisting of -Ci-C ⁇ alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH 2 , phenyl and halogen; -C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl; - (d'd alkyl) - (C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl); - (C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl) -O- (C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl); -C 2 -C 6 alkenyl; -C 2 -C 6 alkynyl; -C x -Cg alkyl chain with one double bond and one triple bond; aryl; heteroaryl; heterocycloalkyl; or N - 2 , R N - 3 and the nitrogen to which they are attached form a 5, 6, or 7 me bered heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl group, wherein said heterocycloalkyl or
  • R 2 , R 3 and the carbon to which they are attached form a carbocycle of three thru seven carbon atoms, wherein one carbon atom is optionally replaced by a group selected from-O- , -S-, -S0 2 ⁇ , or -NR M - 2 -.
  • the invention also provides a method for making a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester thereof.
  • the invention also includes a method of treating a patient who has, or in preventing a patient from getting, a disease or condition selected from the group consisting of Alzheimer's disease, for helping prevent or delay the onset of Alzheimer's disease, for treating patients with mild cognitive impairment (MCI) and preventing or delaying the onset of Alzheimer's disease in those who would progress from MCI to AD, for treating Down's syndrome, for treating humans who have Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch- Type, for treating cerebral amyloid angiopathy and preventing its potential consequences, i.e.
  • MCI mild cognitive impairment
  • Degenerative dementias including dementias of mixed vascular and degenerative origin, dementia associated with Parkinson's disease, dementia associated with progressive supranuclear palsy, dementia associated with cortical basal degeneration, or diffuse Lewy body type of Alzheimer's disease and who is in need of such treatment which comprises administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I) .
  • the invention also includes methods for inhibiting beta- secretase activity, for inhibiting cleavage of amyloid precursor protein (APP) , in a reaction mixture, at a site between Met596 and Asp597, numbered for the APP-695 amino acid isotype; or at a corresponding site of an isotype or mutant thereof, for inhibiting production of amyloid beta peptide (A beta) in a cell, for inhibiting the production of beta-amyloid plaque in an animal, and for treating or preventing a disease characterized by beta-amyloid deposits in the brain which comprise administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I) .
  • APP amyloid precursor protein
  • the invention also includes a pharmaceutical composition that comprises a compound of formula (I) , or pharmaceutically acceptable salts and esters thereof, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable inert carriers.
  • the invention also includes the use of compounds of formula (I) , or pharmaceutically acceptable salts and esters thereof, for the manufacture of a medicament for use in treating a patient who has, or in preventing a patient from getting, a disease or condition selected from the group consisting of Alzheimer's disease, for helping prevent or delay the onset of Alzheimer's disease, for treating patients with mild cognitive impairment (MCI) and preventing or delaying the onset of Alzheimer's disease in those who would progress from MCI to AD, for treating Down's syndrome, for treating humans who have Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch-Type, for treating cerebral amyloid angiopathy and preventing its potential consequences, i.e.
  • MCI mild cognitive impairment
  • Degenerative dementias including dementias of mixed vascular and degenerative origin, dementia associated with Parkinson's disease, dementia associated with progressive supranuclear palsy, dementia associated with cortical basal degeneration, diffuse Lewy body type of Alzheimer's disease and who is in need of such treatment .
  • the invention provides compounds, compositions, kits, and methods for inhibiting beta-secretase- ediated cleavage of amyloid precursor protein (APP) . More particularly, the compounds, compositions, and methods of the invention are effective to inhibit the production of A beta peptide and to treat or prevent any human or veterinary disease or condition associated with a pathological form of A beta peptide.
  • APP amyloid precursor protein
  • the compounds, compositions, and methods of the invention are useful for treating humans who have Alzheimer's Disease (AD) , for helping prevent or delay the onset of AD, for treating patients with mild cognitive impairment (MCI) , and preventing or delaying the onset of AD in those patients who would otherwise be expected to progress from MCI to AD, for treating Down's syndrome, for treating Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch Type, for treating cerebral beta-amyloid angiopathy and preventing its potential consequences such as single and recurrent lobar hemorrhages, for treating other degenerative dementias, including dementias of mixed vascular and degenerative origin, for treating dementia associated with Parkinson's disease, dementia associated with progressive supranuclear palsy, dementia associated with cortical basal degeneration, and diffuse Lewy body type AD.
  • the invention also provides intermediates and methods useful for preparing the compounds of Formula I , or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or esters thereof.
  • the compounds of the invention possess beta-secretase inhibitory activity.
  • the inhibitory activities of the compounds of the invention are readily demonstrated, for example, using one or more of the assays described herein or known in the art .
  • Rioo represents aryl, or heteroaryl, where the ring portions of each are optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from
  • Preferred compounds of formula 1-1 further include those wherein Rn is:
  • sub is hydrogen or is Ci-Cg alkyl, halogen, -(CH 2 )o- 4 -
  • Cio alkenyl, - (CH 2 ) 0-4-R110, - (CH 2 ) 0-4-R120, - (CH 2 ) 0-4-R130, or (C 2 -C 10 ) alkynyl.
  • Preferred compounds of formula I also include compounds of formula 1-2, i.e., compounds of formula I wherein Rn is
  • R is selected from the group consisting of H; NH 2 ; -NH- (CH 2 ) B6 -R 4 - I ; -NHR 8 ; -NR S oC(0)R 5 ; C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl -NHC (0) R 5 ; - (CH 2 ) 0- R8; -O-C1-C4 alkanoyl; OH; C 3 -C ⁇ 0 aryloxy optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently halogen, C 1 -C 4 alkyl, -C0 2 H, -C(0)-C ⁇ -C 4 alkoxy, or Ci- alkoxy; Ci-C 6 alkoxy; aryl d-C 4 alkoxy; -NR 5 oC0 2 R 5 ⁇ ; -Ci-C 4 alkyl - R S0 CO 2 R 5 ⁇ ; -C ⁇ N; -CF 3 ; -CF 2 -CF 3 ; -C ⁇ CH;
  • R 4 _i is selected from the group consisting of -S0 2 - (C ⁇ -C 8 alkyl), -SO- (C ⁇ -C 8 alkyl), -S- (C ⁇ -C 8 alkyl), -S-CO- (C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl), -SO2-NR4-2R4-3; -CO-C ⁇ -C 2 alkyl; -CO-NR4- R 4 - 2 and R _ 3 are independently H, d-C 3 alkyl, or C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl; R 4 - 4 is alkyl, arylalkyl, alkanoyl, or arylalkanoyl ; R 4 -g is-H or C ⁇ -C e alkyl;
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl; C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl optionally substituted with
  • -S-d-d alkyl -S0 2 -C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl, -C0 2 H, -CONR 6 R 7 , - CO 2 -C 1 -C 4 alkyl, C 6 -C ⁇ 0 aryloxy; heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently C 1 -C 4 alkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy, halogen, C 2 - C 4 haloalkyl, or OH; heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently C 1 -C 4 alkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy, halogen, or C 2 -C 4 alkanoyl; aryl optionally substituted with 1,
  • R 6 and R 7 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkanoyl, phenyl, -S0 2 -C ⁇ -C alkyl, phenyl C 1 -C 4 alkyl;
  • R 8 is selected from the group consisting of -S0 2 - heteroaryl, -S0 2 -aryl, -S0 2 -heterocycloalkyl , -S0 2 -C ⁇ - C10 alkyl, -C(O) NHR 9 , heterocycloalkyl, -S-C_-C e alkyl, -S-C 2 -C 4 alkanoyl, wherein R 9 is aryl d- alkyl, C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, or H; R 50 is H or Ci-Cg al yl;
  • R 5 ⁇ is selected from the group consisting of aryl C1-C4 alkyl; C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently halogen, cyano, heteroaryl, -NR e R 7 , -C(0)NR 6 R 7 , C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, or
  • heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups that are independently d- alkyl, C 1 -C alkoxy, halogen, C 2 - C alkanoyl, aryl C 1 -C 4 alkyl, and -S0 2 C1-C4 alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently OH, Ci- C 4 alkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy, halogen, NH 3 , NH(C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl) or N(C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl) (Ci-Cg alkyl); heteroarylalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl, C 1 -C alkoxy, halogen,
  • NH 2 NH(d-C e alkyl) or N(d-C 6 alkyl) (C ⁇ -C ⁇ alkyl); aryl; heterocycloalkyl; C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl; and cycloalkylalkyl; wherein the aryl; heterocycloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 groups that are independently halogen, CN, N0 2 , Ci-C alkyl, Ci-Cg alkoxy, C 2 -C 6 alkanoyl, Ci-C haloalkyl, Ci-C haloalkoxy, hydroxy, C ⁇ -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, Ci-C alkoxy Ci-Cg alkyl, Ci-C alkoxy Ci-Cg alkyl, Ci-C alkoxy Ci-Cg alkyl, Ci-C alkoxy Ci-Cg alkyl
  • R 5 is heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl, aryl, cycloalkyl, -S(0)o- 2 -Ci-C 6 alkyl, C0 2 H, -C(0)NH 2 , -C (O) NH (alkyl) , -C (O)N (alkyl) (alkyl) , -C0 2 -alkyl, -NHS (O) 0-2-C ⁇ - alkyl, -N (alkyl ) S (O) 0 -2-C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, -S(O) 0 - 2 - heteroaryl, -S (O) 0 - 2 -aryl, -NH (arylalkyl) ,
  • R 53 is absent, -0-, -C(O)-, -NH- , -N (alkyl)-, -NH-S (O) 0 - 2 -, -N (alkyl) -S (0)0-2-, -S (O) 0-2-NH-, -S(O) 0 - 2 - N (alkyl)-, -NH-C(S)-, or -N (alkyl) -C(S) -;
  • R 54 is heteroaryl, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, C0 2 H, -C0 2 -alkyl, -C (0) NH (alkyl) , -C (0) (alkyl) (alkyl), -C(0)NH 2 , Ci-C 8 alkyl, OH, aryloxy, alkoxy, arylalk ⁇ xy, NH 2 , NH(alkyl), N(alkyl) (alkyl), or -C x - C e alkyl-C0 2 -Ci-C 3 alkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently alkyl, alkoxy, C0 2 H, -C0 2 -alkyl, thioalkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkanoyl, N0 2 , CN, alkoxycarbonyl,
  • X' is selected from the group consisting of -Ci-C alkylidenyl optionally optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 methyl groups; and -NR 4 _g-; or R and R 4 - 6 combine to form -(CH 2 ) n ⁇ 0 -, wherein
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of a bond; S0 2 ; SO; S; and C(O) ;
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of H; C 1 -C4 haloalkyl; C 5 -C 6 heterocycloalkyl; C 6 -C ⁇ 0 aryl; OH; -N(Y X ) (Y 2 ) ; C 1 -C 10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 thru 3 substituents which can be the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, and haloalkoxy; C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from C 1 -C 3 alkyl, and halogen; alkoxy; aryl optionally substituted with halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, CN or N0 2 ; arylalkyl optionally substituted with halogen, alkyl, al
  • Y 2 and the nitrogen to which they are attached form a ring selected from the group consisting of piperazinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, and pyrolidinyl, wherein each ring is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently d-C 6 alkyl, C ⁇ -C 6 alkoxy, d- alkoxy Ci-Cg alkyl, or halogen.
  • Preferred compounds of formula 1-2 also include compounds wherein Rn is
  • X' is C 1 -C alkylidenyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 methyl groups; or -NR 4 _ 6 -, where R 4 . 6 is-H or -d alkyl; or
  • R 4 and R 4 _ 6 combine to form -(CH 2 ) m0 -, where R 4 and R 4 - s are as defined above, wherein
  • Z is selected from a bond; S0 2 ; SO; S; and C (O) ;
  • Y is selected from H; d-C 4 haloalkyl; C 5 -C 5 heterocycloalkyl containing at least one N, O, or S; phenyl; OH; -N(Y ⁇ ) (Y 2 ) ; C1-C 1 0 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 thru 3 substituents which can be the same or different and are selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, and haloalkoxy; C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, and halogen; alkoxy; phenyl optionally substituted with halogen, C 1 -C 4 alkyl, C ⁇ -C 4 alkoxy, CN or N0 2 ; phenyl C ⁇ -C alkyl optionally substituted with halogen,
  • Yi and Y 2 are the same or different and are H; C1-C 10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C 4 alkoxy, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, and OH; C 2 -C e alkenyl; C 2 -C 6 alkanoyl; phenyl; -S0 2 - d-C 4 alkyl; phenyl C1-C 4 alkyl; and C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl C 1 -C 4 alkyl ; or
  • -N(Y ⁇ ) (Y 2 ) forms a ring selected from piperazinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, and pyrolidinyl, wherein each ring is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or
  • Ci- alkyl Ci-Cg alkoxy, Ci-Cg alkoxy Ci-C alkyl, or halogen.
  • Preferred compounds of formula 1-2 further include compounds wherein
  • X' is C 1 -C 4 alkylidenyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 methyl groups ;
  • Z is selected from S0 2 ; SO; S; and C (O) ;
  • Y is selected from H; C1-C 4 haloalkyl; C 5 -C 3 heterocycloalkyl containing at least one N, 0, or S; phenyl; OH;
  • N(Yj . ) (Y 2 ) C 1 -C 10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 thru 3 substituents which can be the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, and haloalkoxy; C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from C 1 -C3 alkyl, and halogen; alkoxy; phenyl optionally substituted with halogen, d-C 4 alkyl, C ⁇ -C 4 alkoxy, CN or N0 2 ; phenyl C1-C 4 alkyl optionally substituted with halogen, C 1 -C4 alkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy, CN or N0 2 ; wherein
  • Yi and Y 2 are the same or different and are H; C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, and OH; C 2 -C 6 alkenyl; C 2 -C 3 alkanoyl; phenyl; -S0 2 -C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl; phenyl C1-C4 alkyl; or C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl C 1 -C 4 alkyl; or -N(Y ⁇ ) (Y 2 ) forms a ring selected from piperazinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, and pyrolidinyl, wherein each ring is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or
  • Preferred compounds of formula 1-2 include compounds wherein Rn is
  • R 4 is NH 2 ; -NH- (CH 2 ) n ⁇ -R4- ⁇ / -NHR 8 ; -NR 50 C (O) R s ; or -NR 50 CO 2 R 5 i wherein n 6 is 0 , 1 , 2 , or 3 ; n 7 is 0 , 1 , 2 , or 3 ;
  • R 4 _ ⁇ is selected from the group consisting of - S0 2 - (C ⁇ -C 8 alkyl ) , -SO- (C ⁇ -C 8 alkyl ) , -S- (C x -C 8 alkyl ) , -S-CO- (Ci-C 6 alkyl) , -S0 2 -NR 4 - 2 R4-3 ; -CO-C ⁇ -C 2 alkyl ; -CO-NR 4 .
  • R 4 _ 2 and R 4 - 3 are independently H, C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, or C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl;
  • R 4 - 4 is alkyl, phenylalkyl, C 2 -C alkanoyl, or phenylalkanoyl;
  • R 5 is cyclopropyl; cyclobutyl; cyclopentyl; or cyclohexyl; wherein each cycloalkyl group is optionally substituted with one or two groups that are C ⁇ -C e alkyl, more preferably C x -C 2 alkyl, Ci-Cg alkoxy, more preferably C x -C 2 alkoxy, CF 3 , OH, NH 2 , NH(d-C 6 alkyl), N(C 1 -C S alkyl) (d-C e alkyl), halogen, CN, or N0 2 ; or the cycloalkyl group is substituted with 1 or 2 groups that are independently CF 3 , Cl, F, methyl, ethyl or cyano; C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently halogen, -NR 5 R 7 , C 1 -C 4 alkoxy, C 5 -C 6 heterocyclo
  • R 6 and R 7 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkanoyl, phenyl,
  • R 8 is selected from the group consisting of -S0 2 - heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups that are independently C 1 -C 4 alkyl or halogen; , -S0 2 - aryl, -S0 2 -heterocycloalkyl, -C(0)NHR 9 , heterocycloalkyl, -S-C2-C 4 alkanoyl, wherein R 9 is phenyl C 1 -C 4 alkyl, Ci-Cg alkyl, or H; R 50 is H or Ci-C alkyl; and R 5 ⁇ is selected from the group consisting of phenyl C 1 -C 4 alkyl; Ci-C alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently halogen, cyano, - NR 6 R 7 , -C(0)NR 6 R 7 , C 3 -C 7 or -C 1 -C 4 alkoxy; heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups
  • Preferred compounds of formula I, formula I-l and formula 1-2 include compounds of formula 1-3, i.e., compounds of formula I, I-l or 1-2 wherein: Ri is (CH 2 )ni- (Ri-aryi) where n x is zero or one and i-ryi is phenyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of C 1 -C 3 alkyl, halogen, -OH, -SH, -NR ⁇ _ a R ⁇ - b , -C ⁇ N, -CF 3 , and - alkoxy; halogen; C ⁇ -C 6 alkoxy; -NR N - 2 R N - 3 ; and OH; wherein Ri-a and R X -b are -H or C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl;
  • R N - 2 and R N - 3 at each occurrence are independently selected from the group consisting of -C ⁇ -C 8 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH 2 , phenyl and halogen; -C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl; - (C ⁇ -C 2 alkyl) - (d-d cycloalkyl); - (Ci-Cg alkyl) -0- (C1-C3 alkyl); - C 2 -C 3 alkenyl; -C 2 -C 6 alkynyl; -C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl chain with one double bond and one triple bond; aryl; heteroaryl; heterocycloalkyl; or
  • R N - 2 , - 3 and the nitrogen to which they are attached form a 5, 6, or 7 me bered heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl group, wherein said heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl group is optionally fused to a benzene, pyridine, or pyrimidine ring, and said groups are unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2 , 3 , 4 , or 5 groups that at each occurrence are independently d-C 3 alkyl, C ⁇ -C 3 alkoxy, halogen, halo Ci-C alkyl, halo Ci-C alkoxy,
  • -CN -N0 2 , -NH 2 , NH(C ⁇ -Cg alkyl), N(C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl) (Ci-Cg alkyl), -OH, -C(0)NH 2 , -C (O)NH (Ci-Cg alkyl), -C(0)N(d-Cg alkyl) (Ci-Cg alkyl), C ⁇ -C 6 alkoxy Ci- alkyl, C ⁇ -C 3 thioalkoxy, and Ci-Cg thioalkoxy Ci-C alkyl.
  • Ci-Cio alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, OH, -SH, -C ⁇ N, -CF 3 , -C ⁇ -C 3 alkoxy, amino, mono- or dialkylamino and -C 1 -C 3 alkyl, or
  • Preferred compounds of formula 1-3 include compounds wherein:
  • Ri is -Ci-Cg alkyl-aryl, -C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl-heteroaryl, or -Ci-Cg alkyl-heterocyclyl , where the ring portions of each are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, -SH, -C ⁇ N, -N0 2 , -NRiosR'ios, -C0 2 R, -N(R)COR', or -N(R)S0 2 R' (where R 105 ,
  • Ci-C alkoxy optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups which are independently selected from halogen, or C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, -SH, -C ⁇ N, -CF 3 , C ⁇ -C 3 alkoxy, amino, -Ci-Cg alkyl and mono- or dialkylamino, or Ci-Cio alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, OH, -SH, -C ⁇ N, -CF 3 , -C1-C 3 alkoxy, amino, mono- or dialkylamino and -C X -C 3 alkyl, or -Cio alkenyl or C 2 -C ⁇ 0 alkynyl each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, -SH, -C ⁇ N, -CF 3 , C 1
  • C ⁇ -C 6 alkoxy optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups which are independently selected from halogen, or C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, -SH, -C ⁇ N, -CF 3 , d-C 3 alkoxy, amino, -C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl and mono- or dialkylamino, or
  • C 1 -C 10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, OH, -SH, -C ⁇ N, -CF 3 , -Ci-d alkoxy, amino, mono- or dialkylamino and - - alkyl, or -Cio alkenyl or d-Cio alkynyl each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, -SH,
  • Preferred compounds of formula 1-3 include compounds wherein:
  • Ri is -CH 2 -phenyl or -CH 2 -pyridinyl where the ring portions of each are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, C ⁇ -C 4 alkoxy, hydroxy, -N0 2 , and
  • C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from halogen, OH, SH, NH 2 , NH(C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl), N- (C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl) (Ci-Cg alkyl), C ⁇ N, CF 3 .
  • Preferred compounds of formula 1-3 include compounds wherein: Rx is -CH 2 -phenyl or -CH 2 -pyridinyl where the phenyl or pyridinyl rings are each optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, C ⁇ -C 2 alkyl, Ci- alkoxy, hydroxy, -CF 3 , and -N0 2 .
  • Preferred compounds of formula 1-3 include compounds wherein: R x is -CH 2 -phenyl where the phenyl ring is optionally substituted with 2 groups independently selected from halogen, C ⁇ -C 2 alkyl, C ⁇ -C 2 alkoxy, hydroxy, and -N0 2 .
  • Preferred compounds of formula 1-3 include compounds wherein: Ri is benzyl, or 3 , 5-difluorobenzyl .
  • Preferred compounds of formula 1-4 also include compounds wherein R c is -(CH 2 )-aryl, - (CH 2 ) -heteroaryl , or
  • C 2 -C ⁇ o alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from Ci-d alkyl, halogen, -OH, -O-phenyl, -SH, -S-C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, -C ⁇ N, -CF 3 , C ⁇ -C 6 alkoxy, and NH 2 , wherein each aryl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups selected from OH, -N0 2 , halogen, - C0 2 H, C ⁇ N, - (CH 2 )o-4-CO-NR 22 oR 2 5 , - (CH 2 ) o-4-CO- (d-C ⁇ 2 alkyl), and - (CH 2 ) o-4-S0 2 -NR 22 oR225 •
  • Preferred compounds of formula 1-4 also include compounds wherein
  • Re is - (CH 2 ) -phenyl, wherein phenyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups selected from OH, -N0 2 , halogen, -C0 2 H, and C ⁇ N, or R c is C 2 -C ⁇ o alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from Ci- alkyl, halogen, -OH, -C ⁇ N, -CF 3/ Ci-Cg alkoxy, and NH 2 .
  • Preferred compounds of formula 1-4 also include compounds wherein R c is benzyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, t- butyl or iso-butyl.
  • X is 0. In another preferred embodiment, X is S. In yet another preferred embodiment, X is NR 20 , where R 20 is as defined above. In an alternative preferred embodiment, X is NR 20 NR 20 , where each R 20 is independently as defined above.
  • each of R 2 , R 3 and R 2 o are independently hydrogen .
  • a preferred stereochemistry for compounds of formula I is as follows:
  • the invention encompasses a method of treating a patient who has, or in preventing a patient from getting, a disease or condition selected from the group consisting of Alzheimer's disease, for helping prevent or delay the onset of Alzheimer's disease, for treating patients with mild cognitive impairment (MCI) and preventing or delaying the onset of Alzheimer's disease in those who would progress from MCI to AD, for treating Down's syndrome, for treating humans who have Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch- Type, for treating cerebral amyloid angiopathy and preventing its potential consequences, i.e.
  • a disease or condition selected from the group consisting of Alzheimer's disease, for helping prevent or delay the onset of Alzheimer's disease, for treating patients with mild cognitive impairment (MCI) and preventing or delaying the onset of Alzheimer's disease in those who would progress from MCI to AD, for treating Down's syndrome, for treating humans who have Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch-
  • Degenerative dementias including dementias of mixed vascular and degenerative origin, dementia associated with Parkinson's disease, dementia associated with progressive supranuclear palsy, dementia associated with cortical basal degeneration, diffuse Lewy body type of Alzheimer's disease and who is in need of such treatment which comprises administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound selected from the group consisting of a substituted aminoether of the formula (I) , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester thereof.
  • the patient is a human. More preferably, the disease is Alzheimer's disease. More preferably, the disease is dementia.
  • the invention includes methods for making compounds of formula (I)
  • the invention is the compounds of formula (I) , which are useful in treating and preventing Alzheimer's disease.
  • the anti-Alzheimer ' s compounds of formula (I) are made by methods well known to those skilled in the art from starting compounds known to those skilled in the art .
  • the process chemistry is well known to those skilled in the art.
  • the most general process to prepare compounds of formula (I) of the invention is set forth in Scheme 1.
  • One skilled in the art will appreciate that these are all wellknown reactions in organic chemistry.
  • a chemist skilled in the art, knowing the chemical structure of the biologically end product of formula (I) of the invention would be able to prepare them by known methods from known starting materials without any additional information. The explanation below therefore is not necessary but is deemed helpful to those skilled in the art who desire to make the compounds of the invention.
  • Scheme 1 sets forth a general method used in the invention to prepare compounds of formula (I) .
  • Preparation of the starting epoxide of formula (II), i.e., the Boc-3,5- difluorophenylalanine epoxide was adapted from the procedure of Luly, JR, et al . J. Org. Chem. 1987, 52, 1487-1492.
  • the starting material utilized in the preparation of Boc-3,5- difluorophenylalanine threo epoxide was Boc protected 1-3,5- difluorophenylalanine available from Synthetech, Inc. (1290 Industrial Way, P. 0. Box 646, Albany, OR 97321 USA) .
  • Tetrahedron Lett . , 38, 3175 (1997) further discloses a process for the preparation of N-BOC protected epoxides from protected amino acid esters.
  • Reactions may be run in organic solvents such as tetrahydrofuran, dimethylsulfoxide, or dimethylformamide at temperatures ranging from room temperature up to the reflux point of the solvent employed.
  • the resulting compound of formula (III) may be isolated by conventional means such as crystallization or chromatography, or it may be used directly in the next step of a synthesis of this invention.
  • Compounds of formula (III) may be converted to compounds of formula (IV) in the presence of methanesulfonyl chloride in an organic solvent, optimally dichloromethane, in the presence of a base such as di-isopropylethylamine or more preferably triethylamine at a temperature ranging from -78°C (dry ice/acetone) to room temperature.
  • a base such as di-isopropylethylamine or more preferably triethylamine at a temperature ranging from -78°C (dry ice/acetone) to room temperature.
  • Compounds of formula (IV) may be converted to compounds of formula (V) by treatment with reagents such as sodium azide in an organic solvent such as dimethylsulfoxide or, more preferably, dimethylformamide at a temperature range of about 50°C to about 120°C.
  • reagents such as sodium azide in an organic solvent such as dimethylsulfoxide or, more preferably, dimethylformamide at a temperature range of about 50°C to about 120°C.
  • Compounds of formula (V) may be converted to compounds of formula (VI ) via deprotection by means known to those skilled in the art for removal of amine protecting group. Suitable means for removal of the amine-protecting group depends on the nature of the protecting group. Those skilled in the art, knowing the nature of a specific protecting group, know which reagent is preferable for its removal . For example, it is preferred to remove the preferred protecting group, BOC, by dissolving compound of formula (V) in a trifluoroacetic acid/dichloromethane (l/l) mixture. When complete, the solvents are removed under reduced pressure to give the corresponding amine (as the corresponding salt, i.e. trifluoroacetic acid salt) which is used without further purification.
  • a trifluoroacetic acid salt i.e. trifluoroacetic acid salt
  • the amine can be purified further by means well known to those skilled in the art, such as for example, recrystallization.
  • the non-salt form is desired that also can be obtained by means known to those skilled in the art, such as for example, preparing the free base amine via treatment of the salt with mild basic conditions. Additional BOC deprotection conditions and deprotection conditions for other protecting groups can be found in T.W. Green and P.G.M. Wuts in w Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, John Wiley and Sons, 1991, p. 309. There are numerous methods to remove the representative benzyl- protecting group on the phenol. Preferred methods can be found in T.W. Green and P.G.M. Wuts in "Protecting Groups in Organic Chemistry, John Wiley and Sons, 1999, p. 86.
  • Compounds of formula (VI) may be converted to compounds of formula (VII) with an appropriately substituted amide forming agent to produce coupled amides by nitrogen-acyla ion means known to those skilled in the art.
  • Nitrogen acylation conditions for reaction of the amine (VI) with an amide forming agent to produce the corresponding substituted amide (VII) are known to those skilled in the art and can be found in R.C. Larock in Comprehensive Organic Transformations, VCH Publishers, 1989, p. 981, 979, and 972.
  • the nitrogen- acylation of primary amines to produce secondary amides is one of the oldest known reactions.
  • the amide forming agents are readily prepared according to known starting materials by methods known in the literature.
  • Amide forming regents are represented by RN-X2 wherein X 2 comprises -OH (carboxylic acid) or halide (acyl halide) , preferably chlorine, or a suitable group to produce a mixed anhydride .
  • Suitable amino protecting group is selected from the group consisting of t- butoxycarbonyl , benzyloxycarbonyl , formyl , trityl, acetyl , trichloroacetyl, dichloroacetyl, chloroacetyl, trifluoroacetyl, difluoroacetyl, fluoroacetyl, 4- phenylbenzyloxycarbonyl , 2-methylbenzyloxycarbonyl, 4- ethoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, 4-fluorobenzyloxycarbonyl, 4- chlorobenzyloxycarbonyl , 3-chlorobenzyloxycarbonyl , 2- chlorobenzyloxycarbonyl , 2 , 4-dichlorobenzyloxycarbonyl, 4- bromobenzyloxycarbonyl , 3 -bromobenzyloxycarbonyl, 4- nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl, 4-cyanobenzyloxycarbonyl, 2-
  • Suitable means for removal of the amine-protecting group depends on the nature of the protecting group. Those skilled in the art, knowing the nature of a specific protecting group, know which reagent is preferable for its removal . For example, it is preferred to remove the preferred protecting group, BOC, by dissolving the protected material in a trifluoroacetic acid/dichloromethane mixture.
  • the compounds of the invention may contain geometric or optical isomers as well as tautomers .
  • the invention includes all tautomers and pure geometric isomers, such as the E and Z geometric isomers, as well as mixtures thereof. Futhermore, the invention includes pure enantiomers and diasteriomers as well as mixtures thereof, including racemic mixtures.
  • compositions may be prepared or isolated by methods known in the art .
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are any salt which retains the activity of the parent compound and does not impart any deleterious or undesirable effect on the subject to whom it is administered and in the context in which it is administered.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include salts of both inorganic and organic acids.
  • the preferred pharmaceutically acceptable salts include salts of the following acids acetic, aspartic, benzenesulfonic, benzoic, bicarbonic, bisulfuric, bitartaric, butyric, calcium edetate, camsylic, carbonic, chlorobenzoic, citric, edetic, edisylic, estolic, esyl, esylic, formic, fumaric, gluceptic, gluconic, glutamic, glycollylarsanilic, hexamic, hexylresorcinoic, hydrabamic, hydrobro ic, hydrochloric, hydroiodic, hydroxynaphthoic, isethionic, lactic, lactobionic, maleic, malic, malonic, mandelic, methanesulfonic, methylnitric, methylsulfuric, ucic, muconic, napsylic, nitric, oxalic, p-
  • the invention provides compounds, compositions, kits, and methods for inhibiting beta-secretase enzyme activity and A beta peptide production. Inhibition of beta-secretase enzyme activity halts or reduces the production of A beta from APP and reduces or eliminates the formation of beta-amyloid deposits in the brain.
  • the compounds of the invention are useful for treating humans or animals suffering from a condition characterized by a pathological form of beta-amyloid peptide, such as beta- amyloid plaques, and for helping to prevent or delay the onset of such a condition.
  • a pathological form of beta-amyloid peptide such as beta- amyloid plaques
  • the compounds are useful for treating Alzheimer's disease, for helping prevent or delay the onset of Alzheimer's disease, for treating patients with MCI (mild cognitive impairment) and preventing or delaying the onset of Alzheimer's disease in those who would progress from MCI to AD, for treating Down's syndrome, for treating humans who have Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch-Type, for treating cerebral amyloid angiopathy and preventing its potential consequences, i.e.
  • MCI mimild cognitive impairment
  • the compounds and compositions of the invention are particularly useful for treating or preventing Alzheimer's disease.
  • the compounds of the invention can either be used individually or in combination, as is best for the patient.
  • treating means that the compounds of the invention can be used in humans with at least a tentative diagnosis of disease.
  • the compounds of the invention will delay or slow the progression of the disease thereby giving the individual a more useful life span.
  • preventing means that the compounds of the invention are useful when administered to a patient who has not been diagnosed as possibly having the disease at the time of administration, but who would normally be expected to develop the disease or be at increased risk for the disease.
  • the compounds of the invention will slow the development of disease symptoms, delay the onset of the disease, or prevent the individual from developing the disease at all.
  • Preventing also includes administration of the compounds of the invention to those individuals thought to be predisposed to the disease due to age, familial history, genetic or chromosomal abnormalities, and/or due to the presence of one or more biological markers for the disease, such as a known genetic mutation of APP or APP cleavage products in brain tissues or fluids .
  • the compounds of the invention are administered in a therapeutically effective amount.
  • the therapeutically effective amount will vary depending on the particular compound used and the route of administration, as is known to those skilled in the art.
  • a physician may administer a compound of the invention immediately and continue administration indefinitely, as needed.
  • the physician should preferably start treatment when the patient first experiences early pre-Alzheimer ' s symptoms such as, memory or cognitive problems associated with aging.
  • a genetic marker such as APOE4 or other biological indicators that are predictive for Alzheimer's disease.
  • administration of the compounds of the invention may be started before symptoms appear, and treatment may be continued indefinitely to prevent or delay the outset of the disease.
  • the compounds of the invention can be administered orally, parenternally, (IV, IM, depo-IM, SQ, and depo SQ) , sublingually, intranasally (inhalation) , intrathecally, topically, or rectally. Dosage forms known to those of skill in the art are suitable for delivery of the compounds of the invention.
  • Compositions are provided that contain therapeutically effective amounts of the compounds of the invention.
  • the compounds are preferably formulated into suitable pharmaceutical preparations such as tablets, capsules, or elixirs for oral administration or in sterile solutions or suspensions for parenternal administration.
  • suitable pharmaceutical preparations such as tablets, capsules, or elixirs for oral administration or in sterile solutions or suspensions for parenternal administration.
  • the compounds described above are formulated into pharmaceutical compositions using techniques and procedures well known in the art .
  • compositions are preferably formulated in a unit dosage form, each dosage containing from about 2 to about 100 mg, more preferably about 10 to about 30 mg of the active ingredient.
  • unit dosage from refers to physically discrete units suitable as unitary dosages for human subjects and other mammals, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active material calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect, in association with a suitable pharmaceutical excipient.
  • a suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carrier Upon mixing or addition of the compound (s) , the resulting mixture may be a solution, suspension, emulsion, or the like. Liposomal suspensions may also be suitable as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These may be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art. The form of the resulting mixture depends upon a number of factors , including the intended mode of administration and the solubility of the compound in the selected carrier or vehicle.
  • the effective concentration is sufficient for lessening or ameliorating at least one symptom of the disease, disorder, or condition treated and may be empirically determined.
  • Pharmaceutical carriers or vehicles suitable for administration of the compounds provided herein include any such carriers known to those skilled in the art to be suitable for the particular mode of administration.
  • the active materials can also be mixed with other active materials that do not impair the desired action, or with materials that supplement the desired action, or have another action.
  • the compounds may be formulated as the sole pharmaceutically active ingredient in the composition or may be combined with other active ingredients. Where the compounds exhibit insufficient solubility, methods for solubilizing may be used.
  • Such methods include, but are not limited to, using cosolvents such as dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) , using surfactants such as Tween ® , and dissolution in aqueous sodium bicarbonate.
  • cosolvents such as dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO)
  • surfactants such as Tween ®
  • dissolution in aqueous sodium bicarbonate Such methods are known and include, but are not limited to, using cosolvents such as dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) , using surfactants such as Tween ® , and dissolution in aqueous sodium bicarbonate.
  • Derivatives of the compounds, such as salts or prodrugs may also be used in formulating effective pharmaceutical compositions.
  • the concentration of the compound is effective for delivery of an amount upon administration that lessens or ameliorates at least one symptom of the disorder for which the compound is administered.
  • the compositions are formulated for single dosage administration.
  • the compounds of the invention may be prepared with carriers that protect them against rapid elimination from the body, such as time-release formulations or coatings. Such carriers include controlled release formulations, such as, but not limited to, microencapsulated delivery systems.
  • the active compound is included in the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier in an amount sufficient to exert a therapeutically useful effect in the absence of undesirable side effects on the patient treated.
  • the therapeutically effective concentration may be determined empirically by testing the compounds in known in vi tro and in vivo model systems for the treated disorder.
  • the compounds and compositions of the invention can be enclosed in multiple or single dose containers.
  • the enclosed compounds and compositions can be provided in kits, for example, including component parts that can be assembled for use.
  • kits may include a compound inhibitor and a second therapeutic agent for co- administration.
  • the inhibitor and second therapeutic agent may be provided as separate component parts.
  • a kit may include a plurality of containers, each container holding one or more unit dose of the compound of the invention.
  • the containers are preferably adapted for the desired mode of administration, including, but not limited to tablets, gel capsules, sustained-release capsules, and the like for oral administration; depot products, pre-filled syringes, ampules, vials, and the like for parenternal administration; and patches, medipads, creams, and the like for topical administration.
  • the concentration of active compound in the drug composition will depend on absorption, inactivation, and excretion rates of the active compound, the dosage schedule, and amount administered as well as other factors known to those of skill in the art.
  • the active ingredient may be administered at once, or may be divided into a number of smaller doses to be administered at intervals of time. It is understood that the precise dosage and duration of treatment is a function of the disease being treated and may be determined empirically using known testing protocols or by extrapolation from in vivo or in vi tro test data. It is to be noted that concentrations and dosage values may also vary with the severity of the condition to be alleviated.
  • the compound should be provided in a composition that protects it from the acidic environment of the stomach.
  • the composition can be formulated in an enteric coating that maintains its integrity in the stomach and releases the active compound in the intestine.
  • the composition may also be formulated in combination with an antacid or other such ingredient.
  • Oral compositions will generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier and may be compressed into tablets or enclosed in gelatin capsules.
  • the active compound or compounds can be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, capsules, or troches.
  • Pharmaceutically compatible binding agents and adjuvant materials can be included as part of the composition.
  • the tablets, pills, capsules, troches, and the like can contain any of the following ingredients or compounds of a similar nature: a binder such as, but not limited to, gum tragacanth, acacia, corn starch, or gelatin; an excipient such as microcrystalline cellulose, starch, or lactose; a disintegrating agent such as, but not limited to, alginic acid and corn starch; a lubricant such as, but not limited to, magnesium stearate; a gildant, such as, but not limited to, colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; and a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or fruit flavoring.
  • a binder such as, but not limited to, gum tragacanth, acacia, corn starch, or gelatin
  • an excipient such as microcrystalline cellulose, starch, or lactose
  • a disintegrating agent such as, but not limited to, alg
  • dosage unit form When the dosage unit form is a capsule, it can contain, in addition to material of the above type, a liquid carrier such as a fatty oil.
  • dosage unit forms can contain various other materials, which modify the physical form of the dosage unit, for example, coatings of sugar and other enteric agents.
  • the compounds can also be administered as a component of an elixir, suspension, syrup, wafer, chewing gum or the like.
  • a syrup may contain, in addition to the active compounds, sucrose as a sweetening agent and certain preservatives, dyes and colorings, and flavors.
  • the active materials can also be mixed with other active materials that do not impair the desired action, or with materials that supplement the desired action.
  • Solutions or suspensions used for parenternal, intradermal, subcutaneous, or topical application can include any of the following components : a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oil, a naturally occurring vegetable oil such as sesame oil, coconut oil, peanut oil, cottonseed oil, and the like, or a synthetic fatty vehicle such as ethyl oleate, and the like, polyethylene glycol, glycerine, propylene glycol, or other synthetic solvent; antimicrobial agents such as benzyl alcohol and methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid and sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA) ; buffers such as acetates, citrates, and phosphates; and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride and dextrose.
  • a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oil, a
  • suitable carriers include physiological saline, phosphate buffered saline (PBS) , and solutions containing thickening and solubilizing agents such as glucose, polyethylene glycol, polypropyleneglycol, and mixtures thereof.
  • PBS phosphate buffered saline
  • suitable carriers include physiological saline, phosphate buffered saline (PBS) , and solutions containing thickening and solubilizing agents such as glucose, polyethylene glycol, polypropyleneglycol, and mixtures thereof.
  • Liposomal suspensions including tissue- targeted liposomes may also be suitable as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers . These may be prepared according to methods known for example, as described in U.S. Patent No. 4,522,811.
  • the active compounds may be prepared with carriers that protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as time-release formulations or coatings.
  • Such carriers include controlled release formulations, such as, but not limited to, implants and microencapsulated delivery systems, and biodegradable, biocompatible polymers such as collagen, ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, polyorthoesters, polylactic acid, and the like. Methods for preparation of such formulations are known to those skilled in the art .
  • the compounds of the invention can be administered orally, parenternally (IV, IM, depo-IM, SQ, and depo-SQ) , sublingually, intranasally (inhalation) , intrathecally, topically, or rectally. Dosage forms known to those skilled in the art are suitable for delivery of the compounds of the invention.
  • Compounds of the invention may be administered enterally or parenterally.
  • compounds of the invention can be administered in usual dosage forms for oral administration as is well known to those skilled in the art.
  • dosage forms include the usual solid unit dosage forms of tablets and capsules as well as liquid dosage forms such as solutions, suspensions, and elixirs.
  • solid dosage forms it is preferred that they be of the sustained release type so that the compounds of the invention need to be administered only once or twice daily.
  • the oral dosage forms are administered to the patient 1, 2, 3, or 4 times daily. It is preferred that the compounds of the invention be administered either three or fewer times, more preferably once or twice daily. Hence, it is preferred that the compounds of the invention be administered in oral dosage form. It is preferred that whatever oral dosage form is used, that it be designed so as to protect the compounds of the invention from the acidic environment of the stomach. Enteric coated tablets are well known to those skilled in the art. In addition, capsules filled with small spheres each coated to protect from the acidic stomach, are also well known to those skilled in the art.
  • an administered amount therapeutically effective to inhibit beta-secretase activity, to inhibit A beta production, to inhibit A beta deposition, or to treat or prevent AD is from about 0.1 mg/day to about 1,000 mg/day. It is preferred that the oral dosage is from about 1 mg/day to about 100 mg/day. It is more preferred that the oral dosage is from about 5 mg/day to about 50 mg/day. It is understood that while a patient may be started at one dose, that dose may be varied over time as the patient's condition changes .
  • Compounds of the invention may also be advantageously delivered in a nano crystal dispersion formulation. Preparation of such formulations is described, for example, in U.S. Patent 5,145,684. Nano crystalline dispersions of HIV protease inhibitors and their method of use are described in US 6,045,829. The nano crystalline formulations typically afford greater bioavailability of drug compounds.
  • the compounds of the invention can be administered parenterally, for example, by IV, IM, depo-IM, SC, or depo-SC.
  • a therapeutically effective amount of about 0.5 to about 100 mg/day, preferably from about 5 to about 50 mg daily should be delivered.
  • the dose should be about 0.5 mg/day to about 50 mg/day, or a monthly dose of from about 15 mg to about 1,500 mg.
  • the parenteral dosage form be a depo formulation.
  • the compounds of the invention can be administered sublingually. When given sublingually, the compounds of the invention should be given one to four times daily in the amounts described above for IM administration.
  • the compounds of the invention can be administered intranasally.
  • the appropriate dosage forms are a nasal spray or dry powder, as is known to those skilled in the art.
  • the dosage of the compounds of the invention for intranasal administration is the amount described above for IM administration.
  • the compounds of the invention can be administered intrathecally.
  • the appropriate dosage form can be a parenternal dosage form as is known to those skilled in the art.
  • the dosage of the compounds of the invention for intrathecal administration is the amount described above for IM administration.
  • the compounds of the invention can be administered topically.
  • the appropriate dosage form is a cream, ointment, or patch. Because of the amount of the compounds of the invention to be administered, the patch is preferred. When administered topically, the dosage is from about 0.5 mg/day to about 200 mg/day. Because the amount that can be delivered by a patch is limited, two or more patches may be used.
  • the number and size of the patch is not important, what is important is that a therapeutically effective amount of the compounds of the invention be delivered as is known to those skilled in the art.
  • the compounds of the invention can be administered rectally by suppository as is known to those skilled in the art. When administered by suppository, the therapeutically effective amount is from about 0.5 mg to about 500 mg.
  • the compounds of the invention can be administered by implants as is known to those skilled in the art.
  • the therapeutically effective amount is the amount described above for depot administration.
  • the invention here is the new compounds of the invention and new methods of using the compounds of the invention. Given a particular compound of the invention and a desired dosage form, one skilled in the art would know how to prepare and administer the appropriate dosage form.
  • the compounds of the invention are used in the same manner, by the same routes of administration, using the same pharmaceutical dosage forms, and at the same dosing schedule as described above, for preventing disease or treating patients with MCI (mild cognitive impairment) and preventing or delaying the onset of Alzheimer's disease in those who would progress from MCI to AD, for treating or preventing Down's syndrome, for treating humans who have Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch-Type, for treating cerebral amyloid angiopathy and preventing its potential consequences, i.e.
  • MCI mimild cognitive impairment
  • AD Alzheimer's disease in those who would progress from MCI to AD
  • Down's syndrome for treating humans who have Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch-Type, for treating cerebral amyloid angiopathy and preventing its potential consequences, i.e.
  • Degenerative dementias including dementias of mixed vascular and degenerative origin, dementia associated with Parkinson's disease, dementia associated with progressive supranuclear palsy, dementia associated with cortical basal degeneration, and diffuse Lewy body type of Alzheimer's disease.
  • the compounds of the invention can be used in combination, with each other or with other therapeutic agents or approaches used to treat or prevent the conditions listed above.
  • agents or approaches include: acetylcholine esterase inhibitors such as tacrine (tetrahydroaminoacridine, marketed as COGNEX ® ) , donepezil hydrochloride, (marketed as Aricept ® and rivastigmine (marketed as Exelon ® ) ; gamma- secretase inhibitors; anti -inflammatory agents such as cyclooxygenase II inhibitors; anti-oxidants such as Vitamin E and ginkolides; immunological approaches, such as, for example, immunization with A beta peptide or administration of anti-A beta peptide antibodies; statins; and direct or indirect neurotropic agents such as Cerebrolysin ® , AIT-082 (Emilieu, 2000, Arch . Neurol . 57:454), and other neurotropic agents of the future.
  • the compounds of the invention inhibit cleavage of APP between Met595 and Asp596 numbered for the APP695 isoform, or a mutant thereof, or at a corresponding site of 'a different isoform, such as APP751 or APP770, or a mutant thereof
  • beta amyloid peptide (sometimes referred to as the "beta secretase site"). While not wishing to be bound by a particular theory, inhibition of beta-secretase activity is thought to inhibit production of beta amyloid peptide (A beta) . Inhibitory activity is demonstrated in one of a variety of inhibition assays, whereby cleavage of an APP substrate in the presence of a beta- secretase enzyme is analyzed in the presence of the inhibitory compound, under conditions normally sufficient to result in cleavage at the beta-secretase cleavage site. Reduction of APP cleavage at the beta-secretase cleavage site compared with an untreated or inactive control is correlated with inhibitory activity. Assay systems that can be used to demonstrate efficacy of the compound inhibitors of the invention are known. Representative assay systems are described, for example, in U.S. Patents No. 5,942,400, 5,744,346, as well as in the Examples below.
  • the enzymatic activity of beta-secretase and the production of A beta can be analyzed in vi tro or in vivo, using natural, mutated, and/or synthetic APP substrates, natural, mutated, and/or synthetic enzyme, and the test compound.
  • the analysis may involve primary or secondary cells expressing native, mutant, and/or synthetic APP and enzyme, animal models expressing native APP and enzyme, or may utilize transgenic animal models expressing the substrate and enzyme.
  • Detection of enzymatic activity can be by analysis of one or more of the cleavage products, for example, by immunoassay, flurometric or ⁇ hromogenic assay, HPLC, or other means of detection.
  • Inhibitory compounds are determined as those having the ability to decrease the amount of beta-secretase cleavage product produced in comparison to a control, where beta-secretase mediated cleavage in the reaction system is observed and measured in the absence of inhibitory compounds .
  • beta-secretase enzyme Various forms of beta-secretase enzyme are known, and are available and useful for assay of enzyme activity and inhibition of enzyme activity. These include native, recombinant, and synthetic forms of the enzyme.
  • Human beta- secretase is known as Beta Site APP Cleaving Enzyme (BACE) , Asp2 , and memapsin 2, and has been characterized, for example, in U.S. Patent No. 5,744,346 and published PCT patent applications W098/22597, WO00/03819, WO01/23533, and WO00/17369, as well as in literature publications (Hussain et.al., 1999, Mol . Cell . Neurosci . 14:419-427; Vassar et.al.,
  • Beta- secretase can be extracted and purified from human brain tissue and can be produced in cells, for example mammalian cells expressing recombinant enzyme.
  • Preferred compounds are effective to inhibit 50% of beta- secretase enzymatic activity at a concentration of less than about 50 micromolar, preferably at a concentration of less than about 10 micromolar, more preferably less than about 1 micromolar, and most preferably less than about 10 nanomolar.
  • Assays that demonstrate inhibition of beta-secretase- mediated cleavage of APP can utilize any of the known forms of APP, including the 695 amino acid "normal” isotype described by Kang et.al., 1987, Nature 325:733-6, the 770 amino acid isotype described by Kitaguchi et . al . , 1981, Nature 331:530-
  • Additional useful substrates include the dibasic amino acid modification, APP-KK disclosed, for example, in WO 00/17369, fragments of APP, and synthetic peptides containing the beta-secretase cleavage site, wild type (WT) or mutated form, e.g., SW, as described, for example, in U.S. Patent No 5,942,400 and WO00/03819.
  • the APP substrate contains the beta-secretase cleavage site of APP (KM-DA or NL-DA) for example, a complete APP peptide or variant, an APP fragment, a recombinant or synthetic APP, or a fusion peptide.
  • the fusion peptide includes the beta-secretase cleavage site fused to a peptide having a moiety useful for enzymatic assay, for example, having isolation and/or detection properties.
  • a useful moiety may be an antigenic epitope for antibody binding, a label or other detection moiety, a binding substrate, and the like.
  • Products characteristic of APP cleavage can be measured by immunoassay using various antibodies, as described, for example, in Pirttila et.al., 1999, Neuro. Lett . 249:21-4, and in U.S. Pat. No. 5,612,486.
  • Useful antibodies to detect A beta include, for example, the monoclonal antibody 6E10
  • An APP substrate containing the beat-secretase cleavage site of APP for example, a complete APP or variant, an APP fragment, or a recombinant or synthetic APP substrate containing the amino acid sequence: KM-DA or NL-DA, is incubated in the presence of beta-secretase enzyme, a fragment thereof, or a synthetic or recombinant polypeptide variant having beta-secretase activity and effective to cleave the beta-secretase cleavage site of APP, under incubation conditions suitable for the cleavage activity of the enzyme.
  • Suitable substrates optionally include derivatives that may be fusion proteins or peptides that contain the substrate peptide and a modification useful to facilitate the purification or detection of the peptide or its beta-secretase cleavage products.
  • Useful modifications include the insertion of a known antigenic epitope for antibody binding; the linking of a label or detectable moiety, the linking of a binding substrate, and the like.
  • Suitable incubation conditions for a cell-free in vi tro assay include, for example: approximately 200 nanomolar to 10 micromolar substrate, approximately 10 to 200 picomolar enzyme, and approximately 0.1 nanomolar to 10 micromolar inhibitor compound, in aqueous solution, at an approximate pH of 4 -7, at approximately 37 degrees C, for a time period of approximately 10 minutes to 3 hours.
  • These incubation conditions are exemplary only, and can be varied as required for the particular assay components and/or desired measurement system. Optimization of the incubation conditions for the particular assay components should account for the specific beta-secretase enzyme used and its pH optimum, any additional enzymes and/or markers that might be used in the assay, and the like. Such optimization is routine and will not require undue experimentation.
  • One useful assay utilizes a fusion peptide having maltose binding protein (MBP) fused to the C-terminal 125 amino acids of APP-SW.
  • MBP maltose binding protein
  • the MBP portion is captured on an assay substrate by anti-MBP capture antibody.
  • Incubation of the captured fusion protein in the presence of beta-secretase results in cleavage of the substrate at the beta-secretase cleavage site.
  • Analysis of the cleavage activity can be, for example, by immunoassay of cleavage products.
  • One such immunoassay detects a unique epitope exposed at the carboxy terminus of the cleaved fusion protein, for example, using the antibody SW192. This assay is described, for example, in U.S. Patent No 5,942,400.
  • Numerous cell-based assays can be used to analyze beta- secretase activity and/or processing of APP to release A beta.
  • Contact of an APP substrate with a beta-secretase enzyme within the cell and in the presence or absence of a compound inhibitor of the invention can be used to demonstrate beta- secretase inhibitory activity of the compound.
  • assay in the presence of a useful inhibitory compound provides at least about 30%, most preferably at least about 50% inhibition of the enzymatic activity, as compared with a non- inhibited control .
  • cells that naturally express beta- secretase are used.
  • cells are modified to express a recombinant beta-secretase or synthetic variant enzyme as discussed above.
  • the APP substrate may be added to the culture medium and is preferably expressed in the cells.
  • Cells that naturally express APP, variant or mutant forms of APP, or cells transformed to express an isoform of APP, mutant or variant APP, recombinant or synthetic APP, APP fragment, or synthetic APP peptide or fusion protein containing the beta- secretase APP cleavage site can be used, provided that the expressed APP is permitted to contact the enzyme and enzymatic cleavage activity can be analyzed.
  • Human cell lines that normally process A beta from APP provide a useful means to assay inhibitory activities of the compounds of the invention.
  • Production and release of A beta and/or other cleavage products into the culture medium can be measured, for example by immunoassay, such as Western blot or enzyme-linked immunoassay (EIA) such as by ELISA.
  • immunoassay such as Western blot or enzyme-linked immunoassay (EIA) such as by ELISA.
  • Cells expressing an APP substrate and an active beta- secretase can be incubated in the presence of a compound inhibitor to demonstrate inhibition of enzymatic activity as compared with a control.
  • Activity of beta-secretase can be measured by analysis of one or more cleavage products of the APP substrate. For example, inhibition of beta-secretase activity against the substrate APP would be expected to decrease release of specific beta-secretase induced APP cleavage products such as A beta.
  • APP-SW Swedish Mutant form of APP
  • APP-KK Swedish Mutant form of APP
  • APP-SW-KK provides cells having enhanced beta- secretase activity and producing amounts of A beta that can be readily measured.
  • the cells expressing APP and beta-secretase are incubated in a culture medium under conditions suitable for beta-secretase enzymatic activity at its cleavage site on the APP substrate.
  • the amount of A beta released into the medium and/or the amount of CTF99 fragments of APP in the cell lysates is reduced as compared with the control.
  • the cleavage products of APP can be analyzed, for example, by immune reactions with specific antibodies, as discussed above.
  • Preferred cells for analysis of beta-secretase activity include primary human neuronal cells, primary transgenic animal neuronal cells where the transgene is APP, and other cells such as those of a stable 293 cell line expressing APP, for example, APP-SW.
  • APP-SW stable 293 cell line expressing APP
  • transgenic animals expressing APP substrate and beta-secretase enzyme can be used to demonstrate inhibitory activity of the compounds of the invention.
  • Certain transgenic animal models have been described, for example, in U.S. Patent Nos: 5,877,399; 5,612,486; 5,387,742; 5,720,936; 5,850,003; 5,877,015,, and 5,811,633, and in Ganes et.al., 1995, Nature 373:523.
  • animals that exhibit characteristics associated with the pathophysiology of AD are preferred.
  • Administration of the compound inhibitors of the invention to the transgenic mice described herein provides an alternative method for demonstrating the inhibitory activity of the compounds.
  • Administration of the compounds in a pharmaceutically effective carrier and via an administrative route that reaches the target tissue in an appropriate therapeutic amount is also preferred.
  • Inhibition of beta-secretase mediated cleavage of APP at the beta-secretase cleavage site and of A beta release can be analyzed in these animals by measure of cleavage fragments in the animal's body fluids such as cerebral fluid or tissues. Analysis of brain tissues for A beta deposits or plaques is preferred.
  • the compounds of the invention are effective to reduce beta-secretase-mediated cleavage of APP at the beta- secretase cleavage site and/or effective to reduce released amounts of A beta.
  • the compounds of the invention are effective to reduce A beta deposition in brain tissues of the animal, and to reduce the number and/or size of beta amyloid plaques.
  • the compounds are effective to inhibit or slow the progression of disease characterized by enhanced amounts of A beta, to slow the progression of AD in the, and/or to prevent onset or development of AD in a patient at risk for the disease.
  • HPLC refers to high pressure liquid chromatography.
  • THF refers to tetrahydrofuran.
  • DMF refers to dimethylformamide .
  • EDC refers to ethyl-1- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide or 1- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) -3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride .
  • HOBt refers to 1-hydroxy benzotriazole hydrate.
  • NMM refers to N-methylmorpholine .
  • NBS refers to N-bromosuccinimide.
  • TEA refers to triethylamine .
  • BOC refers to 1, 1-dimethylethoxy carbonyl or t- butoxycarbonyl , represneted schematically as-CO-0-C (CH 3 ) 3 .
  • CBZ refers to benzyloxycarbonyl , -CO-0-CH 2 - ⁇ .
  • FMOC refers to 9-fluorenylmethyl carbonate.
  • TFA refers to trifluoracetic acid, CF 3 -COOH.
  • GDI refers to 1, 1 ' -carbonyldiimidazole .
  • Saline refers to an aqueous saturated sodium chloride solution.
  • Chromatography column and flash chromatography refers to purification/separation of compounds expressed as (support, eluent) . It is understood that the appropriate fractions are pooled and concentrated to give the desired compound (s) .
  • CMR C-13 magnetic resonance spectroscopy
  • NMR nuclear (proton) magnetic resonance spectroscopy
  • chemical shifts are reported in ppm (d) downfield from TMS .
  • IR refers to infrared spectroscopy.
  • -phenyl refers to phenyl (C 6 H 5 ) .
  • MS refers to mass spectrometry expressed as m/e, m/z or mass/charge unit.
  • MH + refers to the positive ion of a parent plus a hydrogen atom.
  • El refers to electron impact.
  • Cl refers to chemical ionization.
  • FAB refers to fast atom bombardment.
  • HRMS refers to high resolution mass spectrometry.
  • Ether refers to diethyl ether .
  • the ratios of solvents used are volume/volume (v/v) .
  • the solubility of a solid in a solvent is used the ratio of the solid to the solvent is weight/volume (wt/v) .
  • BOP refers to benzotriazol-1-yloxy- tris (dimethylamino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate .
  • TBDMSC1 refers to t-butyldimethylsilyl chloride.
  • TBDMSOTf refers to t-butyldimethylsilyl trifluosulfonic acid ester.
  • Trisomy 21 refers to Down's Syndrome.
  • APP amyloid precursor protein
  • APP polypeptide including APP variants, mutations, and isoforms, for example, as disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,766,846.
  • a beta, amyloid beta peptide is defined as any peptide resulting from beta-secretase mediated cleavage of APP, including peptides of 39, 40, 41, 42, and 43 amino acids, and extending from the beta-secretase cleavage site to amino acids 39, 40, 41, 42, or 43.
  • Beta-secretase (BACE1, Asp2, Memapsin 2) is an aspartyl protease that mediates cleavage of APP at the amino-terminal edge of A beta. Human beta-secretase is described, for example, in WO00/17369.
  • alkyl and “Ci-C alkyl” in the invention is meant straight or branched chain alkyl groups having 1-6 carbon atoms, such as, methyl, ethyl, propyl , isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, 2-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, 2-hexyl, 3-hexyl, and 3-methylpentyl . It is understood that in cases where an alkyl chain of a substituent (e.g.
  • alkoxy and Ci- alkoxy in the invention is meant straight or branched chain alkyl groups having 1-6 carbon atoms, attached through at least one divalent oxygen atom, such as, for example, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, n- butoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy, pentoxy, isopentoxy, neopentoxy, hexoxy, and 3-methylpentoxy.
  • halogen in the invention is meant fluorine, bromine, chlorine, and iodine.
  • alkenyl and C 2 -C 6 alkenyl means straight and branched hydrocarbon radicals having from 2 to 6 carbon atoms and from one to three double bonds and includes, for example, ethenyl, propenyl , l-but-3-enyl, l-pent-3-enyl, l-hex-5-enyl and the like .
  • Alkynyl and C 2 -C 6 alkynyl means straight and branched hydrocarbon radicals having from 2 to 6 carbon atoms and one or two triple bonds and includes ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentyn-2-yl and the like.
  • cycloalkyl refers to saturated carbocyclic radicals having three to twelve carbon atoms.
  • the cycloalkyl can be monocyclic, or a polycyclic fused system. Examples of such radicals include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and cycloheptyl.
  • the cycloalkyl groups herein are unsubstituted or, as specified, substituted in one or more substitutable positions with various groups.
  • such cycloalkyl groups may be optionally substituted with Ci-Cg alkyl, Ci-C alkoxy, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, amino, mono (C x -C 6 ) alkylamino, di (C ⁇ -C 6 ) alkylamino, C 2 -C 3 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C ⁇ -C e haloalkyl, Ci-Cg haloalkoxy, amino (Ci-Cg) alkyl, mono (C ⁇ -C 6 ) alkylamino (Ci-Cg) alkyl or di(C ⁇ - C 6 ) alkylamino (C ⁇ -C 6 ) alkyl .
  • aryl is meant an aromatic carbocyclic group having a single ring (e.g., phenyl), multiple rings (e.g., biphenyl) , or multiple condensed rings in which at least one is aromatic, (e.g., 1, 2 , 3 , 4-tetrahydronaphthyl , naphthyl), which is optionally mono-, di-, or trisubstituted.
  • Preferred aryl groups of the invention are phenyl, 1 -naphthyl, 2 -naphthyl , indanyl, indenyl, dihydronaphthyl , tetralinyl or 6,7,8,9- tetrahydro-5H-benzo [a] cycloheptenyl .
  • the aryl groups herein are unsubstituted or, as specified, substituted in one or more substitutable positions with various groups.
  • heteroaryl is meant one or more aromatic ring systems of 5-, 6-, or 7-membered rings which includes fused ring systems of 9-11 atoms containing at least one and up to four heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • Preferred heteroaryl groups of the invention include pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, quinolinyl, benzothienyl , indolyl, indolinyl, pryidazinyl, pyrazinyl, isoindolyl, isoquinolyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, phthalazinyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, indolizinyl, indazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxadiazolyl,
  • heteroaryl groups herein are unsubstituted or, as specified, substituted in one or more substitutable positions with various groups.
  • heteroaryl groups may be optionally substituted with Ci-Cg alkyl, C ⁇ -C 6 alkoxy, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, amino, mono (Ci-Cg) alkylamino, di (d-C 6 ) alkylamino, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 - dalkynyl, C x -C 6 haloalkyl, C ⁇ -C 3 haloalkoxy, amino (C ⁇ -C 6 ) alkyl , mono (Ci-Cg) alkylamino (C ⁇ -C 6 ) alkyl or di (C ⁇ -C ⁇ ) alkylamino (Ci-
  • heterocycle (mono- or di-Ci-Cg alkyl) .
  • heterocycloalkyl or “heterocyclyl” is meant one or more carbocyclic ring systems of 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered rings which includes fused ring systems of 9-11 atoms containing at least one and up to four heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • Preferred heterocycles of the invention include morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl S-oxide, thiomorpholinyl S,S- dioxide, piperazinyl, homopiperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl , pyrrolinyl, tetrahydropyranyl , piperidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, homopiperidinyl , homomorpholinyl , homothiomorpholinyl, homothiomorpholinyl S,S-dioxide, oxazolidinonyl, dihydropyrazolyl , dihydropyrrolyl , dihydropyrazinyl, dihydropyridinyl , dihydropyrimidinyl , dihydrofuryl , dihydropyranyl , tetrahydrothienyl S-oxide, tetrahydrothienyl S,S
  • heterocycle groups herein are unsubstituted or, as specified, substituted in one or more substitutable positions with various groups.
  • “Pharmaceutically acceptable” refers to those properties and/or substances that are acceptable to the patient from a pharmacological/toxicological point of view and to the manufacturing pharmaceutical chemist from a physical/chemical point of view regarding composition, formulation, stability, patient acceptance and bioavailability.
  • a therapeutically effective amount is defined as an amount effective to reduce or lessen at least one symptom of the disease being treated or to reduce or delay onset of one or more clinical markers or symptoms of the disease.
  • the compounds of the invention are analyzed for inhibitory activity by use of the MBP-C125 assay.
  • This assay determines the relative inhibition of beta-secretase cleavage of a model APP substrate, MBP-C125SW, by the compounds assayed as compared with an untreated control.
  • a detailed description of the assay parameters can be found, for example, in U.S. Patent No. 5,942,400.
  • the substrate is a fusion peptide formed of maltose binding protein (MBP) and the carboxy terminal 125 amino acids of APP-SW, the Swedish mutation.
  • MBP maltose binding protein
  • the beta-secretase enzyme is derived from human brain tissue as described in Sinha et.al, 1999, Nature 40:537- 540) or recombinantly produced as the full-length enzyme (amino acids 1-501) , and can be prepared, for example, from 293 cells expressing the recombinant cD ⁇ A, as described in WO00/47618.
  • Human brain D-Secretase from concentrated HiQ pool prepared 7/16/97 in 0.20% Triton was used in the assay. Inhibition of the enzyme is analyzed, for example, by immunoassay of the enzyme's cleavage products.
  • One exemplary ELISA uses an anti-MBP capture antibody that is deposited on precoated and blocked 96-well high binding plates, followed by incubation with diluted enzyme reaction supernatant, incubation with a specific reporter antibody, for example, biotinylated anti-SW192 reporter antibody, and further incubation with streptavidin/alkaline phosphatase.
  • a specific reporter antibody for example, biotinylated anti-SW192 reporter antibody
  • streptavidin/alkaline phosphatase streptavidin/alkaline phosphatase.
  • cleavage of the intact MBP-C125SW fusion protein results in the generation of a truncated amino-terminal fragment, exposing a new SW-192 antibody-positive epitope at the carboxy terminus.
  • Detection is effected by a fluorescent substrate signal on cleavage by the phosphatase.
  • ELISA only detects cleavage following Leu 596 at the substrate's APP
  • Compounds are diluted in a 1:1 dilution series to a six- point concentration curve (two wells per concentration) in one 96-plate row per compound tested.
  • Each of the test compounds is prepared in DMSO to make up a 10 millimolar stock solution.
  • the stock solution is serially diluted in DMSO to obtain a final compound concentration of 200 micromolar at the high point of a 6-point dilution curve.
  • Ten (10) microliters of each dilution is added to each of two wells on row C of a corresponding V-bottom plate to which 190 microliters of 52 millimolar ⁇ aOAc, 7.9% DMSO, pH .5 are pre-added.
  • the ⁇ aOAc diluted compound plate is spun down to pellet precipitant and 20 microliters/well is transferred to a corresponding flat- bottom plate to which 30 microliters of ice-cold enzyme- substrate mixture (2.5 microliters MBP-C125SW substrate, 0.03 microliters enzyme and 24.5 microliters ice cold 0.09% TX100 per 30 microliters) is added.
  • the final reaction mixture of 200 micromolar compound at the highest curve point is in 5% DMSO, 20 millimolar NaAc, 0.06% TX100, at pH 4.5.
  • Relative compound inhibition potency is determined by calculating the concentration of compound that showed a fifty percent reduction in detected signal (IC 50 ) compared to the enzyme reaction signal in the control wells with no added compound.
  • a synthetic APP substrate that can be cleaved by beta- secretase and having N-terminal biotin and made fluorescent by the covalent attachment of Oregon green at the Cys residue is used to assay beta-secretase activity in the presence or absence of the inhibitory compounds of the invention.
  • Useful substrates include the following-. Biotin-SEVNL-DAEFRC [oregon green] KK [SEQ ID NO:
  • Biotin-SEV M-DAEFRC [oregon green] KK [SEQ ID NO: 2 ]
  • Biotin-GLNIKTEEISEISY-EVEFRC [oregon green] KK [SEQ ID NO: 3 ]
  • the enzyme (0.1 nanomolar) and test compounds (0.001 - 100 micromolar) are incubated in pre-blocked, low affinity, black plates (384 well) at 37 degrees for 30 minutes.
  • the reaction is initiated by addition of 150 millimolar substrate to a final volume of 30 microliter per well.
  • the final assay conditions are: 0.001 - 100 micromolar compound inhibitor; 0.1 molar sodium acetate (pH 4.5); 150 nanomolar substrate; 0.1 nanomolar soluble beta-secretase; 0.001% Tween 20, and 2% DMSO.
  • the assay mixture is incubated for 3 hours at 37 degrees C, and the reaction is terminated by the addition of a saturating concentration of immunopure streptavidin.
  • fluorescence polarization is measured, for example, using a LJL Acqurest (Ex485 n / Em530 nm) .
  • the activity of the beta-secretase enzyme is detected by changes in the fluorescence polarization that occur when the substrate is cleaved by the enzyme.
  • Incubation in the presence or absence of compound inhibitor demonstrates specific inhibition of beta-secretase enzymatic cleavage of its synthetic APP substrate.
  • preferred compounds of the invention exhibit an IC 50 of less than 50 micromolar.
  • Beta-Secretase Inhibition P26-P4 'SW Assay Synthetic substrates containing the beta-secretase cleavage site of APP are used to assay beta-secretase activity, using the methods described, for example, in published PCT application WO00/47618.
  • the P26-P4'SW substrate is a peptide of the sequence:
  • biotin-coupled synthetic substrates are incubated at a concentration of from about 0 to about 200 micromolar in this assay. When testing inhibitory compounds, a substrate concentration of about 1.0 micromolar is preferred. Test compounds diluted in DMSO are added to the reaction mixture, with a final DMSO concentration of 5%. Controls also contain a final DMSO concentration of 5%. The concentration of beta secretase enzyme in the reaction is varied, to give product concentrations with the linear range of the ELISA assay, about 125 to 2000 picomolar, after dilution.
  • the reaction mixture also includes 20 millimolar sodium acetate, pH 4.5, 0.06% Triton X100, and is incubated at 37 degrees C for about 1 to 3 hours. Samples are then diluted in assay buffer (for example, 145.4 nanomolar sodium chloride, 9.51 millimolar sodium phosphate, 7.7 millimolar sodium azide, 0.05% Triton X405, 6g/liter bovine serum albumin, pH 7.4) to quench the reaction, then diluted further for immunoassay of the cleavage products.
  • assay buffer for example, 145.4 nanomolar sodium chloride, 9.51 millimolar sodium phosphate, 7.7 millimolar sodium azide, 0.05% Triton X405, 6g/liter bovine serum albumin, pH 7.4
  • Cleavage products can be assayed by ELISA.
  • Diluted samples and standards are incubated in assay plates coated with capture antibody, for example, SW192, for about 24 hours at 4 degrees C.
  • TTBS buffer 150 millimolar sodium chloride, 25 millimolar Tris, 0.05% Tween 20, pH 7.5
  • streptavidin-AP according to the manufacturer's instructions.
  • streptavidin-alkaline phosphate permits detection by fluorescence.
  • Compounds that are effective inhibitors of beta-secretase activity demonstrate reduced cleavage of the substrate as compared to a control .
  • Synthetic oligopeptides are prepared that incorporate the known cleavage site of beta-secretase, and optionally detectable tags, such as fluorescent or chro ogenic moieties. Examples of such peptides, as well as their production and detection methods are described in U.S. Patent No: 5,942,400, herein incorporated by reference. Cleavage products can be detected using high performance liquid chromatography, or fluorescent or chromogenic detection methods appropriate to the peptide to be detected, according to methods well known in the art.
  • one such peptide has the sequence SEVNL-DAEF . [SEQ ID NO: 8] , and the cleavage site is between residues 5 and 6.
  • Another preferred substrate has the sequence ADRGLTTRPGSGLTNIKTEEISEVNL-DAEF [SEQ ID NO: 9] , and the cleavage site is between residues 26 and 27.
  • Beta-Secretase Activity - Cellular Assay
  • An exemplary assay for the analysis of inhibition of beta-secretase activity utilizes the human embryonic kidney cell line HEKp293 (ATCC Accession No. CRL-1573) transfected with APP751 containing the naturally occurring double mutation Lys651Met52 to Asn651Leu652 (numbered for APP751) , commonly called the Swedish mutation and shown to overproduce A beta (Citron et al . , 1992, Nature 360:672-674), as described in U.S. Patent No. 5,604,102.
  • the cells are incubated in the presence/absence of the inhibitory compound (diluted in DMSO) at the desired concentration, generally up to 10 micrograms/ml .
  • the conditioned media is analyzed for beta-secretase activity, for example, by analysis of cleavage fragments.
  • a beta can be analyzed by immunoassay, using specific detection antibodies.
  • the enzymatic activity is measured in the presence and absence of the compound inhibitors to demonstrate specific inhibition of beta- secretase mediated cleavage of APP substrate.
  • animal models can be used to screen for inhibition of beta-secretase activity.
  • animal models useful in the invention include, but are not limited to, mouse, guinea pig, dog, and the like.
  • the animals used can be wild type, transgenic, or knockout models.
  • mammalian models can express mutations in APP, such as APP695- SW and the like described herein. Examples of transgenic non- human mammalian models are described in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,604,102, 5,912,410 and 5 , 811 , 633.
  • PDAPP mice prepared as described in Games et al . , 1995, Nature 373:523-527 are useful to analyze in vivo suppression of A beta release in the presence of putative inhibitory compounds.
  • 4 month old PDAPP mice are administered compound formulated in vehicle, such as corn oil. The mice are dosed with compound
  • Transgenic animals are administered an amount of the compound inhibitor formulated in a carrier suitable for the chosen mode of administration.
  • Control animals are untreated, treated with vehicle, or treated with an inactive compound.
  • Administration can be acute, i.e., single dose or multiple doses in one day, or can be chronic, i.e., dosing is repeated daily for a period of days.
  • brain tissue or cerebral fluid is obtained from selected animals and analyzed for the presence of APP cleavage peptides, including A beta, for example, by immunoassay using specific antibodies for A beta detection.
  • animals are sacrificed and brain tissue or cerebral fluid is analyzed for the presence of A beta and/or beta-amyloid plaques. The tissue is also analyzed for necrosis.
  • Animals administered the compound inhibitors of the invention are expected to demonstrate reduced A beta in brain tissues or cerebral fluids and reduced beta amyloid plaques in brain tissue, as compared with non-treated controls.
  • AD patients suffering from Alzheimer's Disease demonstrate an increased amount of A beta in the brain.
  • AD patients are administered an amount of the compound inhibitor formulated in a carrier suitable for the chosen mode of administration. Administration is repeated daily for the duration of the test period. Beginning on day 0, cognitive and memory tests are performed, for example, once per month.
  • Patients administered the compound inhibitors are expected to demonstrate slowing or stabilization of disease progression as analyzed by changes in one or more of the following disease parameters: A beta present in CSF or plasma; brain or hippocampal volume; A beta deposits in the brain; amyloid plaque in the brain; and scores for cognitive and memory function, as compared with control, non-treated patients .
  • Patients predisposed or at risk for developing AD are identified either by recognition of a familial inheritance pattern, for example, presence of the Swedish Mutation, and/or by monitoring diagnostic parameters.
  • Patients identified as predisposed or at risk for developing AD are administered an amount of the compound inhibitor formulated in a carrier suitable for the chosen mode of administration. Administration is repeated daily for the duration of the test period. Beginning on day 0, cognitive and memory tests are performed, for example, once per month.
  • Patients administered the compound inhibitors are expected to demonstrate slowing or stabilization of disease progression as analyzed by changes in one or more of the following disease parameters: A beta present in CSF or plasma; brain or hippocampal volume; amyloid plaque in the brain; and scores for cognitive and memory function, as compared with control, non-treated patients.
  • a beta present in CSF or plasma A beta present in CSF or plasma
  • brain or hippocampal volume A beta present in CSF or plasma
  • amyloid plaque in the brain and scores for cognitive and memory function, as compared with control, non-treated patients.
  • CHEMISTRY EXAMPLES The following compounds are prepared essentially according to the procedures outlined above. All structures were named using Name Pro IUPAC Naming Software, version 6.00, available from Advanced Chemical Development, Inc., 90 Sydney Street West, Toronto, Ontario, M5H 3V9, Canada.

Landscapes

  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Thiazole And Isothizaole Compounds (AREA)
  • Pyridine Compounds (AREA)
  • Heterocyclic Carbon Compounds Containing A Hetero Ring Having Nitrogen And Oxygen As The Only Ring Hetero Atoms (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
  • Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)

Abstract

The invention provides compounds of formula (I): useful in treating Alzheimer's disease and other similar diseases. These compounds include inhibitors of the beta-secretase enzyme that are useful in the treatment of Alzheimer's disease and other diseases characterized by deposition of A beta peptide in a mammal. The compounds of the invention are useful in pharmaceutical compositions and methods of treatment to reduce A beta peptide formation.

Description

SUBSTITUTED AMINOETHERS FOR THE TREATMENT OF ALZHEIMER'S DISEASE
CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS This application claims priority from U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 60/409,565, filed September 10, 2002, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Field of the Invention The invention relates to substituted aminoethers and to such compounds that are useful in treatment of Alzheimer's disease and similar diseases, more specifically it relates to such compounds that inhibit β-secretase, an enzyme that cleaves amyloid precursor protein to produce Aβ peptide, a major component of the amyloid plaques found in the brains of Alzheimer's sufferers.
Description of the Related Art
Alzheimer's disease (AD) is a progressive degenerative disease of the brain primarily associated with aging. Clinical presentation of AD is characterized by loss of memory, cognition, reasoning, judgement, and orientation. As the disease progresses, motor, sensory, and linguistic abilities are also affected until there is global impairment of multiple cognitive functions . These cognitive losses occur gradually, but typically lead to severe impairment and eventual death in the range of four to twelve years .
Alzheimer's disease is characterized by two major pathologic observations in the brain: neurofibrillary tangles and beta amyloid (or neuritic) plaques, comprised predominantly of an aggregate of a peptide fragment know as A beta. Individuals with AD exhibit characteristic beta-amyloid deposits in the brain (beta amyloid plaques) and in cerebral blood vessels (beta amyloid angiopathy) as well as neurofibrillary tangles. Neurofibrillary tangles occur not only in Alzheimer's disease but also in other dementia- inducing disorders. On autopsy, large numbers of these lesions are generally found in areas of the human brain important for memory and cognition. Smaller numbers of these lesions in a more restricted anatomical distribution are found in the brains of most aged humans who do not have clinical AD. Amyloidogenic plaques and vascular amyloid angiopathy also characterize the brains of individuals with Triso y 21 (Down's Syndrome), Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch-Type (HCHWA-
D) , and other neurogenerative disorders . Beta-amyloid is a ft defining feature of AD, now believed to be a causative precursor or factor in the development of disease. Deposition of A beta in areas of the brain responsible for cognitive activities is a major factor in the development of AD. Beta- amyloid plaques are predominantly composed of amyloid beta peptide (A beta, also sometimes designated betaA4) . A beta peptide is derived by proteolysis of the amyloid precursor protein (APP) and is comprised of 39-42 amino acids. Several proteases called secretases are involved in the processing of APP.
Cleavage of APP at the N-terminus of the A beta peptide by beta-secretase and at the C-terminus by one or more gamma- secretases constitutes the beta- amyloidogenic pathway, i.e. the pathway by which A beta is formed. Cleavage of APP by alpha-secretase produces alpha- sAPP, a secreted form of APP that does not result in beta- amyloid plaque formation. This alternate pathway precludes the formation of A beta peptide. A description of the proteolytic processing fragments of APP is found, for example, in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,441,870; 5,721,130; and 5,942,400.
An aspartyl protease has been identified as the enzyme responsible for processing of APP at the beta-secretase cleavage site. The beta-secretase enzyme has been disclosed using varied nomenclature, including BACE, Asp, am Mamepsin. See, for example, Sindha et.al., 1999, Nature 402:537-554 (p501) and published PCT application OOθ/17369.
Several lines of evidence indicate that progressive cerebral deposition of beta-amyloid peptide (A beta) plays a seminal role in the pathogenesis of AD and can precede cognitive symptoms by years or decades. See, for example, Selkoe, 1991, Neuron 6:487. Release of A beta from neuronal cells grown in culture and the presence of A beta in cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) of both normal individuals and AD patients has been demonstrated. See, for example, Seubert et al., 1992, Nature 359:325-327.
It has been proposed that A beta peptide accumulates as a result of APP processing by beta~secretase, thus inhibition of this enzyme's activity is desirable for the treatement of AD. In vivo processing of APP at the beta-secretase cleavage site is thought to be a rate-limiting step in A beta production, and is thus a therapeutic target for the treatment of AD. See for example, Sabbagh, M., et al . , 1997, Alz . Dis . Rev. 3, 1- 19.
BACE1 knockout mice fail to produce A beta, and present a normal phenotype. When crossed with transgenic mice that overexpress APP, the progeny show reduced amounts of A beta in brain extracts as compared with control animals (Luo et.al., 2001 Nature Neuroscience 4:231-232). This evidence further supports the proposal that inhibition of beta-secretase activity and reduction of A beta in the brain provides a therapeutic method for the treatment of AD and other beta amyloid disorders. Published PCT application WOOθ/47618 entitled "Beta- Secretase Enzyme Compositions and Methods" identifies the beta-secretase enzyme and methods of its use. This publication also discloses oligopeptide inhibitors that bind the enzyme's active site and are useful in affinity column purification of the enzyme. In addition, WO00/77030 discloses tetrapeptide inhibitors of beta-secretase activity that are based on a statine molecule
Various pharmaceutical agents have been proposed for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease but without any real success. US Patent 5,175,281 discloses 21-aminosteroids as being useful for treating Alzheimer's disease. US Patent 5,502,187 discloses bicyclic heterocyclic amines as being useful for treating Alzheimer's disease. The hydroxyethylamine "nucleus" or isostere, of which the compounds of the invention is a truncated analog, has been used with success in the area of HIV protease inhibition. Many of these hydroxyethylamine compounds are known as well as how to make them. See for example, J". Am. Chem. Soc, 93, 288-291 (1993), Tetrahedron Letters, 28(45) 5569-5572 (1987), J. Med . Chem. , 38(4), 581-584 (1994), Tetrahedron Letters, 38(4), 619-620 (1997).' European Patents, numbers 702 004, 678 503, 678 514, 678 503 and 716077 by Maibaum, et al . are directed to similar isosteric strategies directed at renin inhibition. See also, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,606,078 and 5,559,111, both to Goschke, et . al . ; 5,719,141, to Rasetti, et . al . ; and 5,641,778, to Maibaum, e . al .
At present there are no effective treatments for halting, preventing, or reversing the progression of Alzheimer's disease. Therefore, there is an urgent need for pharmaceutical agents capable of slowing the progression of Alzheimer's disease and/or preventing it in the first place.
Compounds that are effective inhibitors of beta- secretase, that inhibit beta-secretase-mediated cleavage of APP, that are effective inhibitors of A beta production, and/or are effective to reduce amyloid beta deposits or plaques, are needed for the treatment and prevention of disease characterized by amyloid beta deposits or plaques, such as AD. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION In a broad aspect, the invention provides compounds of formula (I) :
Figure imgf000006_0001
(I)
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or esters thereof; wherein X is O, S, NR20/ or NR2oNR2o; wherein each R20 is H, Cι_6 alkyl or al enyl, Cι_s haloalkyl or C4-7 cycloalkyl; wherein Rx is - (CH2) 1-2-S (O) 0-2- (Cι-C6 alkyl), or
C3.-C10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, =0, -SH, -C=N, -CF3, -C1-C3 alkoxy, amino, mono- or dialkylamino, - (R) C (0) R' - , -OC (=0) -amino and
0C(=0)-mono- or dialkylamino, or C2-C6 alkenyl or C2-Ce alkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, C3.-C3 alkoxy, amino, and mono- or dialkylamino, or aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, -Cι-C6 alkyl -aryl, -Cι-C6 alkyl-heteroaryl , or -Cι-C3 alkyl-heterocyclyl, where the ring portions of each are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -NR105R'ιo5, -C02R, -
N(R)C0R', or -N(R)S02R\ -C(=0) - (C1-C4) alkyl, -S02- amino, -S02-mono or dialkylamino, -C (=0) -amino, -C(=0)-mono or dialkylamino, -S02- (C!-C4) alkyl, or Cx-Cg alkoxy optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups which are independently selected from halogen, or Ci-C-j cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or
3 groups independently selected from halogen,
-OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, C1-C3 alkoxy, amino, -Cι-C3 alkyl and mono- or dialkylamino, or CX-C1Q alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3/ -Cα-C3 alkoxy, amino, mono- or dialkylamino and -C1-C3 alkyl, or C2-Cιo alkenyl or C2-Cι0 alkynyl each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, C1-C3 alkoxy, amino, Cι-C6 alkyl and mono- or dialkylamino; and the heterocyclyl group is optionally further substituted with oxo;
R and R' independently are hydrogen, Cι-C10 alkyl, C1-C10 alkylaryl or Cx-Cιo alkylheteroaryl ; wherein Rc is hydrogen, - (CR245R250) 0-4 -aryl, - (CR245R250) 0-4- heteroaryl, - (CR24s 2so) 0-4 -heterocyclyl , - (CR25R250) 0-4-aryl- heteroaryl, - (CR245R250) o-4- aryl -heterocyclyl , - (CR245R250) 0-4- aryl-aryl, - (CR245R250) 0-4 -heteroaryl -aryl, - (CR245R250) 0-4- heteroaryl- he erocyclyl, - (CR245R250) 0-4 -heteroaryl - heteroaryl, - (CR245R250) 0-4-heterocyclyl -heteroaryl,
- (CR245R250) 0-4 -heterocyclyl -heterocyclyl , - (CR245R250) 0-4- heterocyclyl -aryl, - [C (R255) (R2S0) 1 ι-3-CO-N- (R255) 2,
CH(aryl)2, -CH (heteroaryl) _, -CH (heterocyclyl) 2,
-CH(aryl) (heteroaryl) , - (CH2) 0-1-CH ( (CH2) 0-6-OH) - (CH2) 0-ι~ aryl, - (CH2) 0-1-CH ( (CH2) 0.6-OH- (CH2) 0-ι-heteroaryl, -CH(-aryl or -heteroaryl) -CO-0 (C1-C4 alkyl) , -CH (-CH2-OH) -CH (OH) - phenyl-N02, (Ci-Cg alkyl) -0- (Cι-C6 alkyl) -OH; -CH2-NH-CH2-
CH(-0-CH2-CH3)2, -
Figure imgf000007_0001
(NR235R24o) , or C1-C10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of R205,
Figure imgf000008_0001
alkyl), -SH,
Figure imgf000008_0002
and -S (=0) 2NR235R240, or - (CH2) 0-3- (C3-C8) cycloalkyl wherein the cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of
R205, -C02H, and -C02- ( 1.-C4 alkyl), or cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or cycloheptyl ring fused to aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl wherein one, two or three carbons of the cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or cycloheptyl is optionally replaced with a heteroatom independently selected from NH, NR2i5, O, or
Figure imgf000008_0003
and wherein the cyclopentyl , cyclohexyl , or cycloheptyl group can be optionally substituted with one or two groups that are independently R205, =0, -CO-NR23SR24o, or -S02- ( L-C.4 alkyl) , or
C2-Cιo alkenyl or C2-Cι0 alkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R2os groups, wherein each aryl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R2oo, and wherein each heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R2ιo;
R20o at each occurrence is independently selected from -OH,
-NOa, halogen, -C02H, CsN, - (CH2) 0-4-CO-NR220R225, -(CH2)0-4- C0-(Cα-C12 alkyl), - (CH2) 0-4-CO- (C2-C12 alkenyl), - (CH2) 0.4- CO- (C2-C12 alkynyl), - (CH2) 0-4-CO- (C3-C7 cycloalkyl),
(CH2)0-4-CO-aryl, - (CH2) 0-4-CO-heteroaryl, - (CH2) 0-4-CO- heterocyclyl, - (CH2) 0-4-CO-O-R215, - (CH2) 0-4-SO2-NR220R225, -
(CH2)o-4-SO-(C1-C8 alkyl), - (CH2) 0-4-SO2- (Cχ-C12 alkyl), -
(CH2) 0-4-SO2- (C3-C7 cycloalkyl) , - (CH2) 0-4-N(H or R2ι5) -CO-O- R215, - (CH2)0-4-N(H or R21S) -CO-N (R215) _, - (CH2) 0-4-N-CS-
N(R ι5)2/ - (CH2)0-4-N(-H or R215) -CO- R220 , - (CH2) o-4-NR22oR225,
- (CH2)o-4-0-CO- (Cι-C6 alkyl) , - (CH2) 0-4-0-P (0) - (OR240) 2,
- (CH2)0.4~O-CO-N(R2i5)2, - (CH2)Q.4-0-CS-N(R215)2, - (CH2)o-4-0-
(R215) , - (CH2) 0-4-O- (R21S) -C00H, - (CH2)o-4-S- (R2ι5) , - (CH2) o-4~ O- (Cι-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 , 2 , 3 , or 5 - F) , C3 -C7 cycloalkyl , - (CH2) o-4-N (H or R2ιs) - SO2-R220 , - (CH2 ) 0- - C3 -C7 cycloalkyl , or
Ci-Cio alkyl optionally substituted with 1 , 2 , or 3 R205 groups , or
C2 -Cιo alkenyl or C2-C10 alkynyl , each of which is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R205 groups , wherein the aryl and heteroaryl groups at each occurrence are optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently R205 , R210/ or
Cι-Ce alkyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently R20s or R2ιo/ and wherein the heterocyclyl group at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently R2ιo; R205 at each occurrence is independently selected from C!-Ce alkyl, halogen, -OH, -O-phenyl, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, Cι-C6 alkoxy, NH2, NH(Cι-Cδ alkyl) or N- (d-C6 alkyl) (Cι-C6 alkyl) ;
R210 at each occurrence is independently selected from halogen, Cι-C6 alkoxy, Cz-C5 haloalkoxy, -NR220R225, OH, C≡N, -CO- (Cα- C4 alkyl), .S02.NR235R24Q, -CO-NR235R240, -S02- (C1-C4 alkyl), =0, or Cχ-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl or C3-C7 cycloalkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R2os groups; R15 at each occurrence is independently selected from Cχ-C6 alkyl, - (CH2) 0-2~ (aryl) , C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-Cg alkynyl, C3.C7 cycloalkyl, and - (CH2) 0-2- (heteroaryl) , - (CH2) 0-2- (heterocyclyl) , wherein the aryl group at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently R205 or R2ιo/ and wherein the heterocyclyl and heteroaryl groups at each occurrence are optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R2ιo; R220 and R225 at each occurrence are independently selected from -H, -C3~C7 cycloalkyl, - (Cι-C2 alkyl) - (C3-C7 cycloalkyl), - (Ci-Cβ alkyl) -0- (Cι-C3 alkyl), -C2-C6 alkenyl, -C2-C6 alkynyl, -C3.-C6 alkyl chain with one double bond and one triple bond, -aryl, -heteroaryl, and -heterocyclyl, or -C1-C10 alkyl optionally substituted with -OH, -NH2 or halogen, wherein the aryl , heterocyclyl and heteroaryl groups at each occurrence are optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R27Q groups R235 and R24o at each occurrence are independently H, or Cι-C6 al yl ; R24S and R250 at each occurrence are independently selected from -H, C1-C4 alkyl, Cχ-C4 alkylaryl, C!-C4 alkylheteroaryl , Cx- C hydroxyalkyl , C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, -(CH2)0-4- C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C2-C3 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, and phenyl; or R25 and R250 are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a carbocycle of 3 , 4, 5, 6, or 7 carbon atoms, where one carbon atom is optionally replaced by a heteroatom selected from -0-, -S-, -S02-,
Figure imgf000010_0001
R255 and R260 at each occurrence are independently selected from -H, -(CH2) 3.-2-8(0) 0-2- {Cι-C6 alkyl), - (d-C* alkyl) -aryl, - (C1-C4 alkyl) -heteroaryl, - (C1-C alkyl) -heterocyclyl, aryl, -heteroaryl, -heterocyclyl, - (CH2) 1-4-R265- (CH) 0-4- aryl, - (CH2) 1-4- 26S- (CH2) 0-4~heteroaryl , - (CH2) 1_4-R265- (CH2) 0- 4-heterocyclyl, or
Cι-C3 alkyl, C2-C3 alkenyl, C2-C3 alkynyl or - (CH2) 0-4-C3-C7 cycloalkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R20s groups, wherein each aryl or phenyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently R205, 210, or Cι-C3 alkyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently R205 or R2ιo, and wherein each heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R2ιo; R2s5 at each occurrence is independently -0-, -S- or -N(Cx-Cs alkyl) - ; R27o at each occurrence is independently R2os/ halogen Cι-C6 alkoxy, Ci-Cg haloalkoxy, NR235 240, -OH, -C≡N, -CO- (C1-C4 alkyl) , _S02-NR235 24o, -CO-NR235R240, -SOa- (Cχ-C4 alkyl) , =0, or
Ci-Cg alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C ~C_ alkynyl or - (CH2) 0-4-C3-C7 cycloalkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R20s groups; Rn is R'100, -S02R'ιoo, -(CRR' i-βR'ioo, -C (=0) - (CRR ' ) o-sRioo, -C (=0) - (CRR' -g-O-R'ioo,
Figure imgf000011_0001
-C (=0) - (CRR ' ) x-g- C(=O)-R100, -C(=O)-(CRR')1-s-SO2-R100;
Figure imgf000011_0002
or γ.Z.χι.(CH2)n7-CHC(0)-
R4 .
R4 is selected from the group consisting of H; NH2; -NH- (CH2)n6- R4-1; -NHR8; -NR50C(O)Rs; Cι~C4 alkyl -NHC (O) R5; -(CH2)0-4R8; -
O-C1-C4 alkanoyl; OH; C6-Cι0 aryloxy optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently halogen, Cx- C4 alkyl, -C02H, -C(0)-C!-C4 alkoxy, or C1-C4 alkoxy; Cι-C6 alkoxy; aryl C1-C4 alkoxy; -NR50CO2R5i; -C1-C4 alkyl - NR5oC02R5ι; -C≡N; -CF3; -CF2-CF3; -C≡CH; -CH2-CH=CH2; -(CH2)ι_
4-R4.i;-(CH2)i-4-NH- 4-i; -O- (CH2) 116- 4-1; -S- (CH2) n6-R4-ι; (CH2) 0-4-NHC (0) - (CH2) 0-6-R52 ; - (CHa) o-4-R53- (CH2) 0-4-R54; wherein n6 is 0, 1, 2, or 3 ; n7 is 0, 1, 2, or 3;
R_x is selected from the group consisting of -S02- (Cι-C8 alkyl), -SO- (d-C8 alkyl), -S- (Cι-Cβ alkyl), -S-CO- (d-Cg alkyl), -S02-NR4-2R4~3; -CO-Cχ-C2 alkyl; -CO-NR4-
Figure imgf000012_0001
R4-2 and R4_3 are independently H, d-C3 alkyl, or C3-C3 cycloalkyl ; R4-4 is alkyl, arylalkyl, alkanoyl, or arylalkanoyl; R.g is-H or Cχ-Cg alkyl;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of C3-C7 cycloalkyl; Cι-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently halogen, -NR6R7, d-C4 alkoxy, C5-C6 heterocycloalkyl , C3-C6 heteroaryl, C6-C10 aryl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl C1-C4 alkyl, -S-d-C4 alkyl, -Sθ2-d-C4 alkyl, -C02H, -CONR6R7, - CO2-C1-C4 alkyl, C3-Cι0 aryloxy; heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, halogen, d-
C haloalkyl, or OH; heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently d-d alkyl, d-C4 alkoxy, halogen, or C2-C4 alkanoyl; aryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently halogen,
OH, C1-C alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, or d-C haloalkyl; and -NR6R7; wherein
R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, Cι-C3 alkyl, C2-C6 alkanoyl, phenyl, -S02-d-C4 alkyl, phenyl C1-C4 alkyl;
Rs is selected from the group consisting of -S02- heteroaryl, -S02-aryl, -S02-heterocycloalkyl, -S02-Cι- C10 alkyl, -C(0)NHR9/ heterocycloalkyl, -S-Ci-d alkyl, -S-C2-C alkanoyl, wherein R9 is aryl C1-C4 alkyl, Cι-C6 alkyl, or H;
RSo is H or d-C3 alkyl;
R5ι is selected from the group consisting of aryl C1-C4 alkyl; Cι-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently halogen, cyano, heteroaryl, -NRSR7, -C(0)NR6R7, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, or -C1-C4 alkoxy; heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups that are independently C1-C4 alkyl, Cχ-C4 alkoxy, halogen, C2- C alkanoyl, aryl d-C4 alkyl, and -S02 C1-C4 alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently OH, Ci- C4 alkyl, Cα-C4 alkoxy, halogen, NH2, NH(d.-C6 alkyl) or N(d-C3 alkyl) (Ci-Cg alkyl); heteroarylalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, halogen, NH2, NH(d-Cs alkyl) or N(Cι-C6 alkyl) (Cι-C6 alkyl); aryl; heterocycloalkyl; C3-C8 cycloalkyl; and cycloalkylalkyl ; wherein the aryl; heterocycloalkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 groups that are independently halogen, CN, N02, Cι-C6 alkyl, Cι-C6 alkoxy, C2-C3 alkanoyl, Cι-C6 haloalkyl, d-C6 haloalkoxy, hydroxy, d-Cg hydroxyalkyl, Cx-Cg alkoxy Ci-Cg alkyl, -d thioalkoxy, Cχ-Cg thioalkoxy Cx-C6 alkyl, or d-C6 alkoxy d-C6 alkoxy;
R52 is heterocycloalkyl , heteroaryl , aryl , cycloalkyl ,
-S(O)0-2-d-Cg alkyl, C02H, -C(0)NH2, -C (0) NH (alkyl) ,
-C(0)N (alkyl) (alkyl) , -C02-alkyl, -NHS (0) 0-2-Cι-C3 alkyl, -N(alkyl) S (O)0-a-Cι-C6 alkyl, -S (0)0-2- heteroaryl, -S (O) 0-2-aryl, -NH (arylalkyl) , - (alkyl) (arylalkyl) , thioalkoxy, or alkoxy, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently alkyl, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, alkanoyl, N02, CN, alkoxycarbonyl , or aminocarbonyl ; R53 is absent, -O- , -C (O) - , -NH- , -N (alkyl)-, -NH-S (O) 0_2- , -N(alkyl)-S (0)0-2-, -S (0) 0_2-NH- , -S (0) 0-2- N (alkyl)-, -NH-C(S)-, or -N(alkyl)-C(S) -; R5 is heteroaryl, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, C02H, -C02-alkyl, -C (0)NH (alkyl) , -C (O) (alkyl) (alkyl), -C(0)NH2, d-C8 alkyl, OH, aryloxy, alkoxy, arylalkoxy, NH2, NH(alkyl), N (alkyl) (alkyl), or -C_- C6 alkyl-C02-Ci-C6 alkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently alkyl, alkoxy, C02H, -C02-alkyl, thioalkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkanoyl, N02, CN, alkoxycarbonyl , or aminocarbonyl ;
X' is selected from the group consisting of -d-d alkylidenyl optionally optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 methyl groups; and -NR4-6-; or R4 and R-e combine to form -(CH2)nio~/ wherein
Figure imgf000014_0001
Z is selected from the group consisting of a bond; S02; SO; S; and C (O) ; Y is selected from the group consisting of H; C1-C4 haloalkyl; C3-C6 heterocycloalkyl; C3-C10 aryl; OH; -N(Y1)(Y2); C1-C10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 thru 3 substituents which can be the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, and haloalkoxy; C3-C8 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from Cχ-C3 alkyl, and halogen; alkoxy; aryl optionally substituted with halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, CN or N02; arylalkyl optionally substituted with halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, CN or N02; wherein
Yi and Y2 are the same or different and are H; d-Cio alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, d-C4 alkoxy, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, and OH; C2-C3 alkenyl; C2-C6 alkanoyl; phenyl; -S02-d-C4 alkyl; phenyl d-C4 alkyl; or C3-C8 cycloalkyl d- alkyl; or Yi, Y2 and the nitrogen to which they are attached form a ring selected from the group consisting of piperazinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, and pyrolidinyl, wherein each ring is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently Cα-C6 alkyl, d-C6 alkoxy, Cι-C6 alkoxy Ci-C alkyl, or halogen; Rioo and R'IOO independently represent aryl, heteroaryl, -aryl- W-aryl, -aryl-W-heteroaryl, -aryl-W-heterocyclyl, -heteroaryl-W-aryl, -heteroaryl- -heteroaryl, -heteroaryl-W- heterocyclyl, -heterocyclyl-W-aryl , -heterocyclyl-W-heteroaryl , -heterocyclyl -W-heterocyclyl , -CH [ (CH2) o-2-O-Rιsol - (CH2) 0-2-aryl, -CH [ (CH2) 0-2-0-R15o] - (CH2) o- 2-heterocyclyl or -CH [ (CH2) 0-2-O-R150] - (CH2) 0-2-heteroaryl, where the ring portions of each are optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from
-OR, -N02, halogen, -G≡N, -OCF3, -CF3, -(CH2)0-4-0-
P(=0) (OR) (OR') , -(CH2)o-4-CO-NR105R'ιo5, -(CH2)0.4-O-
(CH2)0-4-CONR102Rιo2', - (CH2) 0-4-CO- (d-C12 alkyl), -(CH2)0- 4-CO-(C2-C12 alkenyl), - (CH2) 0-4-CO- (C2-C12 alkynyl),
- (CH2) 0-4-CO- (CH2) 0-4 (C3-C7 cycloalkyl) , - (CH2) 0-4-R110,
- (CH2) 0-4-R120 - (CH2) 0-4-R130 - (CH2) 0-4-CO-Rαιo/ - (CH2) 0-4- C0-R12Q, - (CH2)o-4-CO-R130, -(CH2)o-4-CO-R140, - (CH2)0-4- CO-O-R150, - (CH2)0-4-SO2-NRi05R'i05, - (CH2) 0-4-SO- (d-C8 alkyl) , - (CH2) 0_4-SO2- (d-C12 alkyl) , - (CH2) 0-4-SO2-
(CH2)0-4- (C3-C7 cycloalkyl) , - (CH2) 0-4-N (Rι50) -CO-O-R150,
- (CH2) 0-4-N (R1S0) -CO-N (R1S0) 2, - (CH2) 0-4-N (R150) -CS- N(Rιso)2, - (CH2) 0-4-N (R1S0) -CO-R105, - (CH2) 0-4-NR105R ' 105, - (CH2)o-4-Ri4o, - (CH2)o-4-0-CO- (Cι-C6 alkyl) , - (CH2)o-4-0- P(0)- (0-Ruo)2, - (CH2)o-4-0-CO-N(R150)2, - (CH2) 0-4-O-CS-
N(Ri5o)2, - (CH2) 0-4-O- (Riso) , - (CH2) 0-4-O-R150 ' -COOH, -
(CH2)o-4-S- (R1So) , -(CH2) 0-4-N (R150) -SO2-R105, - (CH2) 0.4-
C3-C7 cycloalkyl, (C2-Cι0) alkenyl , or (C2-C10) alkynyl, or Rioo is Ci-Cio alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 us groups , or R100 is -(Ci-Cg alkyl) -O-d-Cg alkyl) or - (d-C6 alkyl) -S- (d-C3 alkyl) , each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 Rus groups, or
Rioo is C3-C8 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3
Rus groups; W is -(CH2)0-4-, -0-, -S(0)o-2-, -N(R135)-, -CR(OH)- or -C(O)-; R102 and Rι02 ' independently are hydrogen, or d-C10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently halogen, aryl or -Rno; R05 and R'105 independently represent -H, -Rno, -R120, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, - (Cι-C2 alkyl) - (C3-C7 cycloalkyl), - (Cι-C6 alkyl) -0- (Cχ-C3 alkyl), C2-Cε alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, or d- Cδ alkyl chain with one double bond and one triple bond, or
Ci-C alkyl optionally substituted with -OH or -NH2; or, Ci-Cg alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, or Rios and R'IOS together with the atom to which they are attached form a 3 to 7 membered carbocylic ring, where one member is optionally a heteratom selected from -0-, -S(O)0-2-> - N(Rι35)-, the ring being optionally substituted with 1, 2 or three Rι40 groups ; us at each occurrence is independently halogen, -OH, -C02Rι02/ -Ci-Cg thioalkoxy, -C02-phenyl, -NRιo5R'i35, -S02- (Cχ-C8 alkyl), -C(=0)Rlβo, Rmo, -CONR105R'ιos, -SO2NRi05R' 105, -NH-CO- (Ci-Cg alkyl), -NH-C (=0) -OH, -NH-C (=0) -OR, -NH-C(=0)-0- phenyl, -O-C (=0) - (Cι-C6 alkyl), -O-C (=0) -amino, -0-C(=0)- mono- or dialkylamino, -O-C (=0) -phenyl, -0- (Ci-Cg alkyl) - C02H, -NH-SO2- (Ci-Cg alkyl), d~Ce alkoxy or Cι-C3 haloalkoxy; Ri35 is Ci-Cβ alkyl, C2-Cg alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C3_C7 cycloalkyl, - (CH2) 0-2- (aryl) , - (CH2) 0-2- (heteroaryl) , or -
(CH2) o_2- (heterocyclyl) ;
R140 is heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from Ci-C alkyl, Cι-C6 alkoxy, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, amino, mono(Cι-
C6) alkylamino, di (Ci-Cg) alkylamino, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-Ce alkynyl, Ci- haloalkyl, Cι-C3 haloalkoxy, amino (Ci-
C6) alkyl, mono (Ci-Cg) alkylamino (Ci-Cg) alkyl , di (Cι~ C6) alkylamino (Ci-Cg) alkyl, and =0;
R150 is hydrogen, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, - (Cι-C2 alkyl) - (C3-C cycloalkyl), C2-C3 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, Cι-C6 alkyl with one double bond and one triple bond, -Rno, - 120 or Ci- alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from -OH, -NH2, C1-C3 alkoxy, Rno, and halogen; Rise' is C3-C7 cycloalkyl, - (Cι~C3 alkyl) - (C3-C7 cycloalkyl), C2- Cs alkenyl, C2-C5 alkynyl, Cι-C3 alkyl with one double bond and one triple bond, -Rno, -R120/ or Ci-Cg alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from -OH, -NH2, C1-C3 alkoxy, Rnoi and halogen; Riso is selected from morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, ho omσrpholinyl , homothiomorpholinyl, homothiomorpholinyl S-oxide, homothiomorpholinyl S,S-dioxide, pyrrolinyl and pyrrolidinyl , each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from Ci- C alkyl, Ci-Cg alkoxy, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, amino, mono (d-Cg) alkylamino, di (Cι~Cg) alkylamino, C2-Ce alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, Ci-C haloalkyl, Ci-Cg haloalkoxy, amino (Ci-Cg) alkyl, mono (Cι-C5) alkylamino (d-C6) alkyl , di (Ci- C6) alkylamino (Ci-Cg) alkyl , and =0; R110 is aryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rι2S groups; R125 at each occurrence is independently halogen, amino, mono- or dialkylamino, -OH, -C≡N, -S02-NH2, -S02-NH-d-Cg alkyl, -S02-N(Cι-Ce alkyl) 2, -S02- (C_.-C_ alkyl), -CO-NH2, -CO-NH- d-Cg alkyl, or -CO-N(Cι-C6 alkyl) _ , or Ci-Cg alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl or C2-d alkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently selected from Cι-C3 alkyl, halogen, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, Cι-C3 alkoxy, amino, and mono- and dialkylamino, or Ci-C alkoxy optionally substituted with one, two or three of halogen; Ri2o is heteroaryl, which is optionally substituted with 1 or 2
R125 groups; and Ri3o is heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Ri25 groups; and
R2 is selected from the group consisting of H; Cι-C6 alkyl, optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents that are independently selected from the group consisting of d- alkyl, halogen, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, Cι-C3 alkoxy, and -NRι-aRi-b; wherein
Ri_a and Rι_b are -H or d-C5 alkyl;
- (CH2) o-4-aryl; - (CH2) 0-4-heteroaryl ; C2-C6 alkenyl; C2-C6 alkynyl; -CONRN_2RN-3; -S02NRN-2RN~3; -C02H; and -C02- (C1-C4 alkyl) ; R3 is selected from the group consisting of H; Cι-C3 alkyl, optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-C3 alkyl, halogen, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, C1-C3 alkoxy, and - NRι-aRι_b; - (CH2) 0-4- ryl; - (CH2) 0-4-heteroaryl ; C2-C5 alkenyl; C2-C3 alkynyl; -CO-NRN-2RN-3; -S02-NRN-2RN_3; -C02H; and - CO- O- (C1-C4 alkyl) ; wherein
RN_2 and RN-3 at each occurrence are independently selected from the group consisting of -Ci-Cβ alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH2, phenyl and halogen; -C3-C8 cycloalkyl; - (d'd alkyl) - (C3-C8 cycloalkyl); - (Cι-C6 alkyl) -O- (Cα-C3 alkyl); -C2-C6 alkenyl; -C2-C6 alkynyl; -Cx-Cg alkyl chain with one double bond and one triple bond; aryl; heteroaryl; heterocycloalkyl; or N-2, RN-3 and the nitrogen to which they are attached form a 5, 6, or 7 me bered heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl group, wherein said heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl group is optionally fused to a benzene, pyridine, or pyrimidine ring, and said groups are unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that at each occurrence are independently Cι-C6 alkyl, Ci-C alkoxy, halogen, halo
Cι-C6 alkyl, halo Cι-C6 alkoxy, -CN, -N02, -NH2, NH(Cι- alkyl), N(C1-C6 alkyl) (d-C6 alkyl), -OH, -C(0)NH2,
-C(0)NH(Cι-C6 alkyl), -C(0)N(Cι-C6 alkyl) (Ci-Cg alkyl) , Ci-Cg alkoxy Ci-Cg alkyl , Cι-C5 thioalkoxy, and Ci-C thioalkoxy d-C6 alkyl ; or wherein,
R2, R3 and the carbon to which they are attached form a carbocycle of three thru seven carbon atoms, wherein one carbon atom is optionally replaced by a group selected from-O- , -S-, -S02~, or -NRM-2-.
The invention also provides a method for making a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester thereof. The invention also includes a method of treating a patient who has, or in preventing a patient from getting, a disease or condition selected from the group consisting of Alzheimer's disease, for helping prevent or delay the onset of Alzheimer's disease, for treating patients with mild cognitive impairment (MCI) and preventing or delaying the onset of Alzheimer's disease in those who would progress from MCI to AD, for treating Down's syndrome, for treating humans who have Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch- Type, for treating cerebral amyloid angiopathy and preventing its potential consequences, i.e. single and recurrent lobar hemorrhages, for treating other degenerative dementias, including dementias of mixed vascular and degenerative origin, dementia associated with Parkinson's disease, dementia associated with progressive supranuclear palsy, dementia associated with cortical basal degeneration, or diffuse Lewy body type of Alzheimer's disease and who is in need of such treatment which comprises administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I) . The invention also includes methods for inhibiting beta- secretase activity, for inhibiting cleavage of amyloid precursor protein (APP) , in a reaction mixture, at a site between Met596 and Asp597, numbered for the APP-695 amino acid isotype; or at a corresponding site of an isotype or mutant thereof, for inhibiting production of amyloid beta peptide (A beta) in a cell, for inhibiting the production of beta-amyloid plaque in an animal, and for treating or preventing a disease characterized by beta-amyloid deposits in the brain which comprise administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I) .
The invention also includes a pharmaceutical composition that comprises a compound of formula (I) , or pharmaceutically acceptable salts and esters thereof, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable inert carriers. The invention also includes the use of compounds of formula (I) , or pharmaceutically acceptable salts and esters thereof, for the manufacture of a medicament for use in treating a patient who has, or in preventing a patient from getting, a disease or condition selected from the group consisting of Alzheimer's disease, for helping prevent or delay the onset of Alzheimer's disease, for treating patients with mild cognitive impairment (MCI) and preventing or delaying the onset of Alzheimer's disease in those who would progress from MCI to AD, for treating Down's syndrome, for treating humans who have Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch-Type, for treating cerebral amyloid angiopathy and preventing its potential consequences, i.e. single and recurrent lobar hemorrhages, for treating other degenerative dementias, including dementias of mixed vascular and degenerative origin, dementia associated with Parkinson's disease, dementia associated with progressive supranuclear palsy, dementia associated with cortical basal degeneration, diffuse Lewy body type of Alzheimer's disease and who is in need of such treatment .
The invention provides compounds, compositions, kits, and methods for inhibiting beta-secretase- ediated cleavage of amyloid precursor protein (APP) . More particularly, the compounds, compositions, and methods of the invention are effective to inhibit the production of A beta peptide and to treat or prevent any human or veterinary disease or condition associated with a pathological form of A beta peptide.
The compounds, compositions, and methods of the invention are useful for treating humans who have Alzheimer's Disease (AD) , for helping prevent or delay the onset of AD, for treating patients with mild cognitive impairment (MCI) , and preventing or delaying the onset of AD in those patients who would otherwise be expected to progress from MCI to AD, for treating Down's syndrome, for treating Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch Type, for treating cerebral beta-amyloid angiopathy and preventing its potential consequences such as single and recurrent lobar hemorrhages, for treating other degenerative dementias, including dementias of mixed vascular and degenerative origin, for treating dementia associated with Parkinson's disease, dementia associated with progressive supranuclear palsy, dementia associated with cortical basal degeneration, and diffuse Lewy body type AD. The invention also provides intermediates and methods useful for preparing the compounds of Formula I , or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or esters thereof.
The compounds of the invention possess beta-secretase inhibitory activity. The inhibitory activities of the compounds of the invention are readily demonstrated, for example, using one or more of the assays described herein or known in the art .
Unless the substituents for a particular formula are expressly defined for that formula, they are understood to carry the definitions set forth in connection with the preceeding formula to which the particular formula makes reference .
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION Preferred compounds of formula I include compounds of formula 1-1, i.e., compounds of formula I wherein Rn is - C (=0) - (CRR' ) l-g ioo and wherein R, R' and Rioo are as defined above .
Preferred compounds of formula 1-1 include compounds wherein Rn is -C (=0) - (CRR' ) o-sRioo- where R and R' are as defined above and where Rioo is as defined above, but is not - heterocyclyl-W-aryl .
Preferred compounds of formula 1-1 also include those wherein Rn is -C(=0)-Rι0o; and
Rioo represents aryl, or heteroaryl, where the ring portions of each are optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from
-OR, -N02, Ci-Cg alkyl, halogen, -CsN, -0CF3, -CF3, -(CH2)0- 4-0-P(=0) (OR) (OR') , - (CH2)o-4-CO-NRιo5R'ιo5, -(CH2)o-4-0- (CH2)o-4-CONRio2 102', -(CH2)o-4-CO-(Cι-C12 alkyl), -(CH2)0- 4-CO- (C2-C12 alkenyl) , - (CH2) 0-4-CO- (C2-CX2 alkynyl) ,
- (CH2)0-4-CO- (CH2)0-4(C3-C7 cycloalkyl) , - (CH2) 0-4-R110,
- (CH2)0-4-Ri20, - (CH2)o-4-Ri30/ - (CH2)o-4-CO-Ri10, - (CH2) 0-4~ CO-Riso, - (CH2)0-4-CO-Ri3o, - (CH2) 0-4-CO-R140, - (CH2) 0-4~ CO-O-Riso, - (CH2)o-4-Sθ2-NRι05R,ιo5, - (CH2) 0-4~SO- (Cι-CB alkyl), - (CH2)0-4-SO2- (Cι-C12 alkyl), - (CH2) 0-4-SO2- (CH2)0-4- (C3-C7 cycloalkyl), - (CH2) o-4-N (R150) -CO-O-R150,
- (CH2) 0-4- (Ri5o) -CO-N (Riso) 2/ - (CH2) 0-4~N (Riso) -CS- N(Ri5o)2 -(CH2) 0-4- (Ri5o)-CO-Rιo5, - (CH2) 0-4~NRι05R ' 10s, -(CH2)o-4-Ri40/ -(CH2)0-4-O-CO-(d-C3 alkyl) , -(CH2)0-4-O-
P(0)-(0~Rιιo)2, -(CH2)o-4-0-CO-N(Ri5o)2, - (CH2) 0-4-O-CS- (Ri5o)2, - (CH2) 0-4-O- (Riso) , - (CH2)o-4-0-Ri5o'-COOH, (CH2)0-4-S-(Ri5o) , "(CH2) 0-4-N ( iso) -SO2- 105, - (CH2) o-4~ C3-C7 cycloalkyl, (C2-C10) alkenyl , or (C_-Cx_) alkynyl . Preferred compounds of formula 1-1 further include those wherein Rn is -C(=0)-aryl or -C (=0) -heteroaryl wherein the ring portions of each are optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from:
-OR, -N02, Ci-Cg alkyl, halogen, -C≡N, -OCF3, -CF3, - (CH2) 0- 4~ CO-NRiosR' 105, -(CH2)o-4-0- (CH2)o-4-CONR1o2Rιo2', - (CH2) 0_
4-CO- (Cι-C12 alkyl) , - (CH2) 0-4-CO- (C2-C12 alkenyl) ,
- (CH2) 0-4-CO- (C2-Ci2 alkynyl) , - (CH2) 0-4-R110, - (CH2) 0-4- R120, - (CH2)o-4-Ri30, -(CH2)o-4-CO-Rιιo, - (CH2) Q-4-CO-R12o, - (CH2)o-4-CO-Ri3o, - (CH2)o-4-CO-Ri4o, - (CH2) 0-4-CO-O-R150, - (CH2)0-4-Sθ2-NRιosR,ιo5, - (CH2) 0-4-SO- (Cι-C8 alkyl) ,
- (CH2)o-4-Sθ2-(d-Cι2 alkyl) , - (CH2) o-4-N(R150) -CO-O-R150,
- (CH2) 0- - (Riso) -CO-N (Riso) 2, - (CH2) 0-4-N (Riso) -CO-R105, -{CH2)o-4- Ri05R'ios, -(CH2)0-4-Ri40, - (CH2)0-4-O-CO- (Cι-C6 alkyl) , - (CH2) 0-4-O-CO-N (Rι50) 2, - (CH2) 0-4-O- (Rι50) , - (CH2) 0-4- ( iso) -SO2-R105, -(CH2)0-4- C3-C7 cycloalkyl,
(C2-C10) alkenyl, or (C2-Cι0) alkynyl . Preferred compounds of formula 1-1 further include those wherein Rn is -C(=0)-aryl or -C (=0) -heteroaryl , wherein the ring portions of each are optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from:
Ci-Cβ alkyl, halogen, - (CH2) o^-CO-NR^R' ιos, - (CH2) 0-4-O-CO-
N (Riso) 2, -(CH2) 0-4- (Riso) -SO2-Ri05, - (CH2) o-4"S02-
NRiosR'ios, d-d cycloalkyl, (C2-Cι0) alkenyl, - (CH2) 0-4-
Riio, - (CH2)0-4-Ri2o, - (CH2)0-4-Ri3o, or (C2-Cι0) alkynyl .
Preferred compounds of formula 1-1 further include those wherein Rn is:
Figure imgf000024_0001
wherein sub is hydrogen or is Ci-Cg alkyl, halogen, -(CH2)o-4-
CO-NRiosR'ios, -(CH2)o-4-0-CO~N(R150)2, - (CH2) 0-4- (R150) -S02-
Rios, - (CH2)o-4-S02-NRιo5R*ιo5, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, - (C2-
Cio) alkenyl, - (CH2) 0-4-R110, - (CH2) 0-4-R120, - (CH2) 0-4-R130, or (C2-C10) alkynyl.
Preferred compounds of formula I also include compounds of formula 1-2, i.e., compounds of formula I wherein Rn is
I γ.Z,χ,.(CH2)n7-CHC(0)- ^ wherein
R is selected from the group consisting of H; NH2; -NH- (CH2)B6-R4-I; -NHR8; -NRSoC(0)R5; Cχ-C4 alkyl -NHC (0) R5; - (CH2) 0- R8; -O-C1-C4 alkanoyl; OH; C3-Cι0 aryloxy optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, -C02H, -C(0)-Cι-C4 alkoxy, or Ci- alkoxy; Ci-C6 alkoxy; aryl d-C4 alkoxy; -NR5oC02R5ι; -Ci-C4 alkyl - RS0CO2R5ι; -C≡N; -CF3; -CF2-CF3; -C≡CH; -CH2-CH=CH2; -
(CH2)1_4-R4_1;-(CH2)1_4-NH-R4-ι; -O- (CH2) n6-R4-ι; -S- (CH2) nS-R4-ι; -(CH2)o-4-NHC(θ)-(CH2)0-6-R52; - (CH2) 0-4-R53- (CH2) 0-4-R54; wherein n6 is 0, 1, 2, or 3; n is 0 , 1 , 2 , or 3 ;
R4_i is selected from the group consisting of -S02- (Cι-C8 alkyl), -SO- (Cι-C8 alkyl), -S- (Cι-C8 alkyl), -S-CO- (Cι-C6 alkyl), -SO2-NR4-2R4-3; -CO-Cι-C2 alkyl; -CO-NR4-
Figure imgf000025_0001
R4-2 and R _3 are independently H, d-C3 alkyl, or C3-C6 cycloalkyl; R4-4 is alkyl, arylalkyl, alkanoyl, or arylalkanoyl ; R4-g is-H or Cχ-Ce alkyl;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of C3-C7 cycloalkyl; Cι-C3 alkyl optionally substituted with
1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently halogen, -NR6R7, C1-C4 alkoxy, C5-C3 heterocycloalkyl, C5-C3 heteroaryl, C6-Cι0 aryl, C3-C cycloalkyl C1-C4 alkyl,
-S-d-d alkyl, -S02-Cι-C4 alkyl, -C02H, -CONR6R7, - CO2-C1-C4 alkyl, C6-Cι0 aryloxy; heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, halogen, C2- C4 haloalkyl, or OH; heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, halogen, or C2-C4 alkanoyl; aryl optionally substituted with 1,
2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently halogen, OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C alkoxy, or C1-C4 haloalkyl; and
-NR6R7; wherein
R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, Cι-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkanoyl, phenyl, -S02-Cι-C alkyl, phenyl C1-C4 alkyl; R8 is selected from the group consisting of -S02- heteroaryl, -S02-aryl, -S02-heterocycloalkyl , -S02-Cι- C10 alkyl, -C(O) NHR9, heterocycloalkyl, -S-C_-Ce alkyl, -S-C2-C4 alkanoyl, wherein R9 is aryl d- alkyl, Cι-C3 alkyl, or H; R50 is H or Ci-Cg al yl;
R5ι is selected from the group consisting of aryl C1-C4 alkyl; Cι-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently halogen, cyano, heteroaryl, -NReR7, -C(0)NR6R7, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, or
-C1-C4 alkoxy; heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups that are independently d- alkyl, C1-C alkoxy, halogen, C2- C alkanoyl, aryl C1-C4 alkyl, and -S02 C1-C4 alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently OH, Ci- C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, halogen, NH3, NH(Cι-C6 alkyl) or N(Cι-C3 alkyl) (Ci-Cg alkyl); heteroarylalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently Cχ-C4 alkyl, C1-C alkoxy, halogen,
NH2, NH(d-Ce alkyl) or N(d-C6 alkyl) (Cι-Cβ alkyl); aryl; heterocycloalkyl; C3-C8 cycloalkyl; and cycloalkylalkyl; wherein the aryl; heterocycloalkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 groups that are independently halogen, CN, N02, Ci-C alkyl, Ci-Cg alkoxy, C2-C6 alkanoyl, Ci-C haloalkyl, Ci-C haloalkoxy, hydroxy, Cι-C6 hydroxyalkyl, Ci-C alkoxy Ci-Cg alkyl, Ci-Cg thioalkoxy, Cι-C3 thioalkoxy Cι-C6 alkyl, or Cι-C6 alkoxy Cι-C6 alkoxy;
R5 is heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl, aryl, cycloalkyl, -S(0)o-2-Ci-C6 alkyl, C02H, -C(0)NH2, -C (O) NH (alkyl) , -C (O)N (alkyl) (alkyl) , -C02-alkyl, -NHS (O) 0-2-Cι- alkyl, -N (alkyl ) S (O) 0-2-Cι-C6 alkyl, -S(O)0-2- heteroaryl, -S (O) 0-2-aryl, -NH (arylalkyl) ,
-N(alkyl) (arylalkyl) , thioalkoxy, or alkoxy, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently alkyl, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, alkanoyl, N02, CN, alkoxycarbonyl , or aminocarbonyl; R53 is absent, -0-, -C(O)-, -NH- , -N (alkyl)-, -NH-S (O) 0-2-, -N (alkyl) -S (0)0-2-, -S (O) 0-2-NH-, -S(O)0-2- N (alkyl)-, -NH-C(S)-, or -N (alkyl) -C(S) -;
R54 is heteroaryl, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, C02H, -C02-alkyl, -C (0) NH (alkyl) , -C (0) (alkyl) (alkyl), -C(0)NH2, Ci-C8 alkyl, OH, aryloxy, alkoxy, arylalkσxy, NH2, NH(alkyl), N(alkyl) (alkyl), or -Cx- Ce alkyl-C02-Ci-C3 alkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently alkyl, alkoxy, C02H, -C02-alkyl, thioalkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkanoyl, N02, CN, alkoxycarbonyl, or aminocarbonyl;
X' is selected from the group consisting of -Ci-C alkylidenyl optionally optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 methyl groups; and -NR4_g-; or R and R4-6 combine to form -(CH2)nι0-, wherein
Figure imgf000027_0001
Z is selected from the group consisting of a bond; S02; SO; S; and C(O) ; Y is selected from the group consisting of H; C1-C4 haloalkyl; C5-C6 heterocycloalkyl; C6-Cι0 aryl; OH; -N(YX) (Y2) ; C1-C10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 thru 3 substituents which can be the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, and haloalkoxy; C3-C8 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from C1-C3 alkyl, and halogen; alkoxy; aryl optionally substituted with halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, CN or N02; arylalkyl optionally substituted with halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, CN or N02; wherein Yi and Y2 are the same or different and are H; Ci-Cio alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, Cι-C4 alkoxy, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, and OH; C2-C6 alkenyl; C2-C6 alkanoyl; phenyl; -SO2-C1-C4 alkyl; phenyl d-C4 alkyl; or C_-Ca cycloalkyl C1-C4 alkyl; or
Yi, Y2 and the nitrogen to which they are attached form a ring selected from the group consisting of piperazinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, and pyrolidinyl, wherein each ring is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently d-C6 alkyl, Cι-C6 alkoxy, d- alkoxy Ci-Cg alkyl, or halogen.
Preferred compounds of formula 1-2 also include compounds wherein Rn is
Y'Z^X'-CHC(0)- NH2 wherein
X' is C1-C alkylidenyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 methyl groups; or -NR4_6-, where R4.6 is-H or -d alkyl; or
R4 and R4_6 combine to form -(CH2)m0-, where R4 and R4-s are as defined above, wherein
Figure imgf000028_0001
Z is selected from a bond; S02; SO; S; and C (O) ; Y is selected from H; d-C4 haloalkyl; C5-C5 heterocycloalkyl containing at least one N, O, or S; phenyl; OH; -N(Yι) (Y2) ; C1-C10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 thru 3 substituents which can be the same or different and are selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, and haloalkoxy; C3-C8 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from Cι-C3 alkyl, and halogen; alkoxy; phenyl optionally substituted with halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, Cχ-C4 alkoxy, CN or N02; phenyl Cχ-C alkyl optionally substituted with halogen, Cι-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, CN or N02; wherein
Yi and Y2 are the same or different and are H; C1-C10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C4 alkoxy, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, and OH; C2-Ce alkenyl; C2-C6 alkanoyl; phenyl; -S02- d-C4 alkyl; phenyl C1-C4 alkyl; and C3-C8 cycloalkyl C1-C4 alkyl ; or
-N(Yι) (Y2) forms a ring selected from piperazinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, and pyrolidinyl, wherein each ring is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or
4 groups that are independently Ci- alkyl, Ci-Cg alkoxy, Ci-Cg alkoxy Ci-C alkyl, or halogen.
Preferred compounds of formula 1-2 further include compounds wherein
X' is C1-C4 alkylidenyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 methyl groups ; Z is selected from S02; SO; S; and C (O) ;
Y is selected from H; C1-C4 haloalkyl; C5-C3 heterocycloalkyl containing at least one N, 0, or S; phenyl; OH;
N(Yj.) (Y2) ; C1-C10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 thru 3 substituents which can be the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, and haloalkoxy; C3-C8 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from C1-C3 alkyl, and halogen; alkoxy; phenyl optionally substituted with halogen, d-C4 alkyl, Cι-C4 alkoxy, CN or N02; phenyl C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, CN or N02; wherein
Yi and Y2 are the same or different and are H; Cι-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C4 alkoxy, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, and OH; C2-C6 alkenyl; C2-C3 alkanoyl; phenyl; -S02-Cι-C4 alkyl; phenyl C1-C4 alkyl; or C3-C8 cycloalkyl C1-C4 alkyl; or -N(Yι) (Y2) forms a ring selected from piperazinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, and pyrolidinyl, wherein each ring is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or
4 groups that are independently Cι-C3 alkyl, Cι-C6 alkoxy, Ci-Cg alkoxy Cx-C6 alkyl, or halogen. Preferred compounds of formula 1-2 include compounds wherein Rn is
Figure imgf000030_0001
and wherein R4 is NH2 ; -NH- (CH2) nβ-R4-ι / -NHR8 ; -NR50C (O) Rs ; or -NR50CO2R5i wherein n6 is 0 , 1 , 2 , or 3 ; n7 is 0 , 1 , 2 , or 3 ;
R4_ι is selected from the group consisting of - S02- (Cι-C8 alkyl ) , -SO- (Cι-C8 alkyl ) , -S- (Cx-C8 alkyl ) , -S-CO- (Ci-C6 alkyl) , -S02-NR4-2R4-3 ; -CO-Cι-C2 alkyl ; -CO-NR4.
Figure imgf000030_0002
R4_2 and R4-3 are independently H, Cι-C3 alkyl, or C3-C6 cycloalkyl; R4-4 is alkyl, phenylalkyl, C2-C alkanoyl, or phenylalkanoyl;
R5 is cyclopropyl; cyclobutyl; cyclopentyl; or cyclohexyl; wherein each cycloalkyl group is optionally substituted with one or two groups that are Cι-Ce alkyl, more preferably Cx-C2 alkyl, Ci-Cg alkoxy, more preferably Cx-C2 alkoxy, CF3, OH, NH2, NH(d-C6 alkyl), N(C1-CS alkyl) (d-Ce alkyl), halogen, CN, or N02; or the cycloalkyl group is substituted with 1 or 2 groups that are independently CF3, Cl, F, methyl, ethyl or cyano; Cι-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently halogen, -NR5R7, C1-C4 alkoxy, C5-C6 heterocycloalkyl, C5-C6 heteroaryl, phenyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, -S-C1-C4 alkyl, -S02-Cι-C4 alkyl, -C02H, -CONRsR7, -C02-Cι-C4 alkyl, or phenyloxy; heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, halogen, Ci- C4 haloalkyl, or OH; heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently C1-C4 alkyl, Ci-d alkoxy, halogen, or C2-C alkanoyl; phenyl optionally substituted with 1,
2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently halogen, OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, or C1-C4 haloalkyl; and -NR6R7; wherein R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, Cι-C3 alkyl, C2-C6 alkanoyl, phenyl,
-SO2-C1-C4 alkyl, and phenyl d-d alkyl;
R8 is selected from the group consisting of -S02- heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups that are independently C1-C4 alkyl or halogen; , -S02- aryl, -S02-heterocycloalkyl, -C(0)NHR9, heterocycloalkyl, -S-C2-C4 alkanoyl, wherein R9 is phenyl C1-C4 alkyl, Ci-Cg alkyl, or H; R50 is H or Ci-C alkyl; and R5ι is selected from the group consisting of phenyl C1-C4 alkyl; Ci-C alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently halogen, cyano, - NR6R7, -C(0)NR6R7, C3-C7 or -C1-C4 alkoxy; heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups that are independently C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, halogen, C2-C4 alkanoyl, phenyl C1-C4 alkyl, and -S02 C1-C alkyl; heterocycloalkylalkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups that are independently C1-C4 alkyl, Cι-C4 alkoxy, halogen, C2- C4 alkanoyl, phenyl C1-C4 alkyl, and -S02 Cι-C4 alkyl; alkenyl; al ynyl; heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently OH, Ci- d alkyl, Ci- alkoxy, halogen, NH2, NH(Cι-C6 alkyl) or N(Cι-C6 alkyl) (Ci-Cg alkyl) ; heteroarylalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently C1-C4 alkyl, Cx-C4 alkoxy, halogen, NH2, NH(Ci-C6 alkyl) or (d- alkyl) (Cι-C6 alkyl); phenyl; C3-C8 cycloalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl, wherein the phenyl; C3-C8 cycloalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 groups that are independently halogen, CN, N02, Cι-C6 alkyl, Ci-C alkoxy, C2-C6 alkanoyl, Ci-C haloalkyl, Ci-C6 haloalkoxy, hydroxy, Ci-Cg hydroxyalkyl, Cι-CG alkoxy Cι-C6 alkyl, Cι-C3 thioalkoxy, Ci-Cg thioalkoxy Cι-C6 alkyl, or Ci- alkoxy Cι-C3 alkoxy; and Y is Ci-Cio alkyl optionally substituted with 1 thru 3 substituents which can be the same or different and are selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, and haloalkoxy.
Preferred compounds of formula I, formula I-l and formula 1-2 include compounds of formula 1-3, i.e., compounds of formula I, I-l or 1-2 wherein: Ri is (CH2)ni- (Ri-aryi) where nx is zero or one and i-ryi is phenyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from Cι-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of C1-C3 alkyl, halogen, -OH, -SH, -NRι_aRι-b, -C≡N, -CF3, and - alkoxy; halogen; Cι-C6 alkoxy; -NRN-2RN-3; and OH; wherein Ri-a and RX-b are -H or Cι-C6 alkyl;
RN-2 and RN-3 at each occurrence are independently selected from the group consisting of -Cι-C8 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH2, phenyl and halogen; -C3-C8 cycloalkyl; - (Cι-C2 alkyl) - (d-d cycloalkyl); - (Ci-Cg alkyl) -0- (C1-C3 alkyl); - C2-C3 alkenyl; -C2-C6 alkynyl; -Cι-C6 alkyl chain with one double bond and one triple bond; aryl; heteroaryl; heterocycloalkyl; or
RN-2, -3 and the nitrogen to which they are attached form a 5, 6, or 7 me bered heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl group, wherein said heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl group is optionally fused to a benzene, pyridine, or pyrimidine ring, and said groups are unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2 , 3 , 4 , or 5 groups that at each occurrence are independently d-C3 alkyl, Cι-C3 alkoxy, halogen, halo Ci-C alkyl, halo Ci-C alkoxy,
-CN, -N02, -NH2, NH(Cι-Cg alkyl), N(Cι-C6 alkyl) (Ci-Cg alkyl), -OH, -C(0)NH2, -C (O)NH (Ci-Cg alkyl), -C(0)N(d-Cg alkyl) (Ci-Cg alkyl), Cι-C6 alkoxy Ci- alkyl, Cι-C3 thioalkoxy, and Ci-Cg thioalkoxy Ci-C alkyl.
Preferred compounds of formula 1-3 include compounds wherein: Ri is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, -Ci-Cg alkyl-aryl, - Cι-C6 alkyl-heteroaryl, or -Ci-Cg alkyl-heterocyclyl, where the ring portions of each are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -N02, NRiosR'ios, -C02R, -N(R)C0R', or -N(R)S02R' (where R105, R'io5, R and R' are as defined above), -C (=0) - (d-C4) alkyl, -S02-amino, -SO2-mono or dialkylamino, -C(=0)- amino, -C(=0)-mono or dialkylamino, -S02- (C1-C4) alkyl , or CX-C5 alkoxy optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups which are independently selected from halogen, or d-C7 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen,
-OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, Ci-d alkoxy, amino, -d-d alkyl and mono- or dialkylamino, or Ci-Cio alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, -Cι-C3 alkoxy, amino, mono- or dialkylamino and -C1-C3 alkyl, or
C2-Cιo alkenyl or C2-Cι0 alkynyl each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, Cι-C3 alkoxy, amino, Ci-C alkyl and mono- or dialkylamino; and the heterocyclyl group is optionally further substituted with oxo . Preferred compounds of formula 1-3 include compounds wherein:
Ri is -Ci-Cg alkyl-aryl, -Cι-C3 alkyl-heteroaryl, or -Ci-Cg alkyl-heterocyclyl , where the ring portions of each are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -N02, -NRiosR'ios, -C02R, -N(R)COR', or -N(R)S02R' (where R105,
R'ios, R and R' are as defined above), -C (=0) - (Cι-C4) alkyl, -S02-amino, -S02-mono or dialkylamino, -C(=0)- amino, -C(=0)-mono or dialkylamino, -S02- (Cι-C4) alkyl, or
Ci-C alkoxy optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups which are independently selected from halogen, or C3-C7 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, Cι-C3 alkoxy, amino, -Ci-Cg alkyl and mono- or dialkylamino, or Ci-Cio alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, -C1-C3 alkoxy, amino, mono- or dialkylamino and -CX-C3 alkyl, or -Cio alkenyl or C2-Cι0 alkynyl each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, C1-C3 alkoxy, amino, Cι-C3 alkyl and mono- or dialkylamino; and the heterocyclyl group is optionally further substituted with oxo. Preferred compounds of formula 1-3 include compounds wherein:
Ri is -(CH)-aryl, - (CH2) -heteroaryl , or - (CH2) -heterocyclyl, where the ring portions of each are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -N02, -NRiosR'ios, - C02R, -N(R)COR", or -N(R)S02R' (where R10S/ R'IOS, R and R' are as defined above), -C (=0) - (C1-C4) alkyl, -S02-amino, -S02-mono or dialkylamino, -C (=0) -amino, -C(=0)-mono or dialkylamino, -S02- (C1-C4) alkyl, or
Cι-C6 alkoxy optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups which are independently selected from halogen, or C3-C7 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, d-C3 alkoxy, amino, -Cι-C6 alkyl and mono- or dialkylamino, or
C1-C10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, -Ci-d alkoxy, amino, mono- or dialkylamino and - - alkyl, or -Cio alkenyl or d-Cio alkynyl each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, -SH,
-C≡N, -CF3, d-C3 alkoxy, amino, Ci-Cg alkyl and mono- or dialkylamino; and the heterocyclyl group is optionally further substituted with oxo. Preferred compounds of formula 1-3 include compounds wherein:
Ri is -CH2-phenyl or -CH2-pyridinyl where the ring portions of each are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, Cι-C4 alkoxy, hydroxy, -N02, and
Cι-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from halogen, OH, SH, NH2, NH(Cι-C6 alkyl), N- (Cι-C6 alkyl) (Ci-Cg alkyl), C≡N, CF3. Preferred compounds of formula 1-3 include compounds wherein: Rx is -CH2-phenyl or -CH2-pyridinyl where the phenyl or pyridinyl rings are each optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, Cι-C2 alkyl, Ci- alkoxy, hydroxy, -CF3, and -N02. Preferred compounds of formula 1-3 include compounds wherein: Rx is -CH2-phenyl where the phenyl ring is optionally substituted with 2 groups independently selected from halogen, Cι-C2 alkyl, Cι-C2 alkoxy, hydroxy, and -N02.
Preferred compounds of formula 1-3 include compounds wherein: Ri is benzyl, or 3 , 5-difluorobenzyl .
Preferred compounds of formula I-l, 1-2, and 1-3 also include compounds of formula 1-4, i.e., those of formula I-l, 1-2, or 1-3 wherein: Re is hydrogen, - (C 24sR25o) o-4~aryl , - (CR245R250) o-4 -heteroaryl , - (CR245R250) o-4-heterocyclyl , -Cio alkyl optionally substituted with 1 , 2 , or 3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of R2os , R110 , R120 , R130 ,
Figure imgf000037_0001
0-2 (Cι-C6 alkyl ) , -SH, and -S ( =0) 2NR235R24o ,
- (CH2) 0-3- (C3-C8) cycloalkyl wherein the cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of R205, -C02H, and -C02- (C1-C4 alkyl), or
C2-C10 alkenyl or C2-Cι0 alkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 independently selected R2os groups, wherein each aryl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1 , 2 , or 3 R200, and wherein each heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 independently selected R2ιo groups. Preferred compounds of formula 1-4 also include compounds wherein Re is - (CR245 250) -aryl, - (CR24εR25o) -heteroaryl, - (CR245R250) - heterocyclyl, -Cio alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of R205, Rχιo , R120, R130,
Figure imgf000037_0002
/ -S (=0) 0-2 (Cx-Cg alkyl), -SH, and -S (=0) 2NR23sR24o, wherein each aryl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R20o, and wherein each heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 independently selected R210 grou s. Preferred compounds of formula 1-4 also include compounds wherein Rc is -(CH2)-aryl, - (CH2) -heteroaryl , or
C2-Cιo alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from Ci-d alkyl, halogen, -OH, -O-phenyl, -SH, -S-Cι-C6 alkyl, -C≡N, -CF3, Cι-C6 alkoxy, and NH2, wherein each aryl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups selected from OH, -N02, halogen, - C02H, C≡N, - (CH2)o-4-CO-NR22oR2 5, - (CH2) o-4-CO- (d-Cι2 alkyl), and - (CH2) o-4-S02-NR22oR225 • Preferred compounds of formula 1-4 also include compounds wherein
Re is - (CH2) -phenyl, wherein phenyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups selected from OH, -N02, halogen, -C02H, and C≡N, or Rc is C2-Cιo alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from Ci- alkyl, halogen, -OH, -C≡N, -CF3/ Ci-Cg alkoxy, and NH2. Preferred compounds of formula 1-4 also include compounds wherein Rc is benzyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, t- butyl or iso-butyl.
In a preferred embodiment, X is 0. In another preferred embodiment, X is S. In yet another preferred embodiment, X is NR20, where R20 is as defined above. In an alternative preferred embodiment, X is NR20NR20, where each R20 is independently as defined above.
In another preferred embodiment, each of R2, R3 and R2o are independently hydrogen . A preferred stereochemistry for compounds of formula I is as follows:
Figure imgf000038_0001
The invention encompasses a method of treating a patient who has, or in preventing a patient from getting, a disease or condition selected from the group consisting of Alzheimer's disease, for helping prevent or delay the onset of Alzheimer's disease, for treating patients with mild cognitive impairment (MCI) and preventing or delaying the onset of Alzheimer's disease in those who would progress from MCI to AD, for treating Down's syndrome, for treating humans who have Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch- Type, for treating cerebral amyloid angiopathy and preventing its potential consequences, i.e. single and recurrent lobar hemorrhages, for treating other degenerative dementias, including dementias of mixed vascular and degenerative origin, dementia associated with Parkinson's disease, dementia associated with progressive supranuclear palsy, dementia associated with cortical basal degeneration, diffuse Lewy body type of Alzheimer's disease and who is in need of such treatment which comprises administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound selected from the group consisting of a substituted aminoether of the formula (I) , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester thereof.
Preferably, the patient is a human. More preferably, the disease is Alzheimer's disease. More preferably, the disease is dementia.
The invention includes methods for making compounds of formula (I)
Figure imgf000039_0001
(I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester thereof, wherein X, R2o, i, R2, 3, Rn and Rc are as defined above or below.
The invention is the compounds of formula (I) , which are useful in treating and preventing Alzheimer's disease. The anti-Alzheimer ' s compounds of formula (I) are made by methods well known to those skilled in the art from starting compounds known to those skilled in the art . The process chemistry is well known to those skilled in the art. The most general process to prepare compounds of formula (I) of the invention is set forth in Scheme 1. One skilled in the art will appreciate that these are all wellknown reactions in organic chemistry. A chemist skilled in the art, knowing the chemical structure of the biologically end product of formula (I) of the invention would be able to prepare them by known methods from known starting materials without any additional information. The explanation below therefore is not necessary but is deemed helpful to those skilled in the art who desire to make the compounds of the invention.
Scheme 1 sets forth a general method used in the invention to prepare compounds of formula (I) . Preparation of the starting epoxide of formula (II), i.e., the Boc-3,5- difluorophenylalanine epoxide, was adapted from the procedure of Luly, JR, et al . J. Org. Chem. 1987, 52, 1487-1492. The starting material utilized in the preparation of Boc-3,5- difluorophenylalanine threo epoxide was Boc protected 1-3,5- difluorophenylalanine available from Synthetech, Inc. (1290 Industrial Way, P. 0. Box 646, Albany, OR 97321 USA) . Tetrahedron Lett . , 38, 3175 (1997) further discloses a process for the preparation of N-BOC protected epoxides from protected amino acid esters.
As used herein, PG means "protecting group", and is typically the BOC protecting group (tBu-O-C (=0) -) or the CBZ protecting group (Ph-CH2-0-C (=0) -) may be treated with alcohols of formula (HO-Rc) to afford ring opened products of formula (III) . Reactions may be run in organic solvents such as tetrahydrofuran, dimethylsulfoxide, or dimethylformamide at temperatures ranging from room temperature up to the reflux point of the solvent employed. The resulting compound of formula (III) may be isolated by conventional means such as crystallization or chromatography, or it may be used directly in the next step of a synthesis of this invention.
Compounds of formula (III) may be converted to compounds of formula (IV) in the presence of methanesulfonyl chloride in an organic solvent, optimally dichloromethane, in the presence of a base such as di-isopropylethylamine or more preferably triethylamine at a temperature ranging from -78°C (dry ice/acetone) to room temperature.
Compounds of formula (IV) may be converted to compounds of formula (V) by treatment with reagents such as sodium azide in an organic solvent such as dimethylsulfoxide or, more preferably, dimethylformamide at a temperature range of about 50°C to about 120°C. One skilled in synthetic organic chemistry will understand the optimal combination of conditions necessary to effect the desired reaction.
Scheme I; Preparation of substituted aminoethers
Figure imgf000042_0001
Figure imgf000042_0002
Figure imgf000042_0003
Compounds of formula (V) may be converted to compounds of formula (VI ) via deprotection by means known to those skilled in the art for removal of amine protecting group. Suitable means for removal of the amine-protecting group depends on the nature of the protecting group. Those skilled in the art, knowing the nature of a specific protecting group, know which reagent is preferable for its removal . For example, it is preferred to remove the preferred protecting group, BOC, by dissolving compound of formula (V) in a trifluoroacetic acid/dichloromethane (l/l) mixture. When complete, the solvents are removed under reduced pressure to give the corresponding amine (as the corresponding salt, i.e. trifluoroacetic acid salt) which is used without further purification. However, if desired, the amine can be purified further by means well known to those skilled in the art, such as for example, recrystallization. Further, if the non-salt form is desired that also can be obtained by means known to those skilled in the art, such as for example, preparing the free base amine via treatment of the salt with mild basic conditions. Additional BOC deprotection conditions and deprotection conditions for other protecting groups can be found in T.W. Green and P.G.M. Wuts in wProtective Groups in Organic Chemistry, John Wiley and Sons, 1991, p. 309. There are numerous methods to remove the representative benzyl- protecting group on the phenol. Preferred methods can be found in T.W. Green and P.G.M. Wuts in "Protecting Groups in Organic Chemistry, John Wiley and Sons, 1999, p. 86.
Compounds of formula (VI) may be converted to compounds of formula (VII) with an appropriately substituted amide forming agent to produce coupled amides by nitrogen-acyla ion means known to those skilled in the art. Nitrogen acylation conditions for reaction of the amine (VI) with an amide forming agent to produce the corresponding substituted amide (VII) are known to those skilled in the art and can be found in R.C. Larock in Comprehensive Organic Transformations, VCH Publishers, 1989, p. 981, 979, and 972. The nitrogen- acylation of primary amines to produce secondary amides is one of the oldest known reactions. The amide forming agents are readily prepared according to known starting materials by methods known in the literature. Amide forming regents are represented by RN-X2 wherein X2 comprises -OH (carboxylic acid) or halide (acyl halide) , preferably chlorine, or a suitable group to produce a mixed anhydride .
Compounds of formula (VII) may.be converted to compounds of formula (I) , wherein X=0, in an organic solvent such as methanol or more preferably ethanol in the presence of a catalyst such as 10% palladium on carbon. The reaction is carried our under 1 atmosphere of hydrogen to effect the reduction.
Where it is desired to prepare compounds of formula (I) wherein X is -S-, -NH- , or -NH-NRA- , one may simply replace the nucleophile HO-Rc in the conversion of compound of formula (II) to compound of formula (III) with the appropriate and desired sulfur or amine nucleophile and following the remaining methods set forth in Scheme 1. When the amino protecting group is no longer needed, it is removed by methods well known to those skilled in the art . By definition the amino protecting group must be readily removable as is known to those skilled in the art by methods well known to those skilled in the art. Suitable amino protecting group is selected from the group consisting of t- butoxycarbonyl , benzyloxycarbonyl , formyl , trityl, acetyl , trichloroacetyl, dichloroacetyl, chloroacetyl, trifluoroacetyl, difluoroacetyl, fluoroacetyl, 4- phenylbenzyloxycarbonyl , 2-methylbenzyloxycarbonyl, 4- ethoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, 4-fluorobenzyloxycarbonyl, 4- chlorobenzyloxycarbonyl , 3-chlorobenzyloxycarbonyl , 2- chlorobenzyloxycarbonyl , 2 , 4-dichlorobenzyloxycarbonyl, 4- bromobenzyloxycarbonyl , 3 -bromobenzyloxycarbonyl, 4- nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl, 4-cyanobenzyloxycarbonyl, 2- (4- xenyl) isopropoxycarbonyl , 1 , 1-diphenyleth-l-yloxycarbonyl ,
1, 1-diphenylprop-l-yloxycarbonyl, 2-phenylprop-2- yloxycarbonyl, 2- (p-toluyl) prop-2-yloxycarbonyl, cyclopentanyloxycarbonyl , 1-methylcyclopentanyloxycarbonyl , cyclohexanyloxycarbonyl , 1-methylcyclohexanyloxycabonyl, 2- methylcyclohexanyloxycarbonyl, 2- (4- toluylsulfonyl) ethoxycarbonyl , 2-
(methylsulfonyl) ethoxycarbonyl , 2-
(triphenylphosphino) thoxycarbonyl , fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl , 2- (trimethylsilyl) ethoxycarbonyl, allyloxycarbonyl, 1-
(trimethylsilylmethyl) prop-1-enyloxycarbonyl , 5- benzisoxalylmethoxycarbonyl , 4-acetoxybenzyloxycarbonyl ,
2,2, 2-trichloroethoxycarbonyl, 2-ethynyl-2-propoxycarbonyl, cyclopropylmethoxycarbonyl , 4- (decyloxyl) benzyloxycarbonyl , isobornyloxycarbonyl and 1-piperidyloxycarbonyl , 9- fluorenylmethyl carbonate, -CH-CH=CH2 and phenyl-C (=N-) -H.
Suitable means for removal of the amine-protecting group depends on the nature of the protecting group. Those skilled in the art, knowing the nature of a specific protecting group, know which reagent is preferable for its removal . For example, it is preferred to remove the preferred protecting group, BOC, by dissolving the protected material in a trifluoroacetic acid/dichloromethane mixture. The compounds of the invention may contain geometric or optical isomers as well as tautomers . Thus, the invention includes all tautomers and pure geometric isomers, such as the E and Z geometric isomers, as well as mixtures thereof. Futhermore, the invention includes pure enantiomers and diasteriomers as well as mixtures thereof, including racemic mixtures. The individual geometric isomers, enantiomers, or diasteriomers may be prepared or isolated by methods known in the art . Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are any salt which retains the activity of the parent compound and does not impart any deleterious or undesirable effect on the subject to whom it is administered and in the context in which it is administered. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include salts of both inorganic and organic acids. The preferred pharmaceutically acceptable salts include salts of the following acids acetic, aspartic, benzenesulfonic, benzoic, bicarbonic, bisulfuric, bitartaric, butyric, calcium edetate, camsylic, carbonic, chlorobenzoic, citric, edetic, edisylic, estolic, esyl, esylic, formic, fumaric, gluceptic, gluconic, glutamic, glycollylarsanilic, hexamic, hexylresorcinoic, hydrabamic, hydrobro ic, hydrochloric, hydroiodic, hydroxynaphthoic, isethionic, lactic, lactobionic, maleic, malic, malonic, mandelic, methanesulfonic, methylnitric, methylsulfuric, ucic, muconic, napsylic, nitric, oxalic, p- nitromethanesulfonic, pamoic, pantothenic, phosphoric, monohydrogen phosphoric, dihydrogen phosphoric, phthalic, polygalactouronic, propionic, salicylic, stearic, succinic, succinic, sulfamic, sulfanilic, sulfonic, sulfuric, tannic, tartaric, teoclic and toluenesulfonic. For other acceptable salts, see Int . J. Pharm . , 33, 201-217 (1986) and J. Pharm. Sci . , 66(1), 1, (1977).
The invention provides compounds, compositions, kits, and methods for inhibiting beta-secretase enzyme activity and A beta peptide production. Inhibition of beta-secretase enzyme activity halts or reduces the production of A beta from APP and reduces or eliminates the formation of beta-amyloid deposits in the brain. Methods of the Invention
The compounds of the invention, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are useful for treating humans or animals suffering from a condition characterized by a pathological form of beta-amyloid peptide, such as beta- amyloid plaques, and for helping to prevent or delay the onset of such a condition. For example, the compounds are useful for treating Alzheimer's disease, for helping prevent or delay the onset of Alzheimer's disease, for treating patients with MCI (mild cognitive impairment) and preventing or delaying the onset of Alzheimer's disease in those who would progress from MCI to AD, for treating Down's syndrome, for treating humans who have Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch-Type, for treating cerebral amyloid angiopathy and preventing its potential consequences, i.e. single and recurrent lobal hemorrhages, for treating other degenerative dementias, including dementias of mixed vascular and degenerative origin, dementia associated with Parkinson's disease, dementia associated with progressive supranuclear palsy, dementia associated with cortical basal degeneration, and diffuse Lewy body type Alzheimer's disease. The compounds and compositions of the invention are particularly useful for treating or preventing Alzheimer's disease. When treating or preventing these diseases, the compounds of the invention can either be used individually or in combination, as is best for the patient.
As used herein, the term "treating" means that the compounds of the invention can be used in humans with at least a tentative diagnosis of disease. The compounds of the invention will delay or slow the progression of the disease thereby giving the individual a more useful life span.
The term "preventing" means that the compounds of the invention are useful when administered to a patient who has not been diagnosed as possibly having the disease at the time of administration, but who would normally be expected to develop the disease or be at increased risk for the disease. The compounds of the invention will slow the development of disease symptoms, delay the onset of the disease, or prevent the individual from developing the disease at all. Preventing also includes administration of the compounds of the invention to those individuals thought to be predisposed to the disease due to age, familial history, genetic or chromosomal abnormalities, and/or due to the presence of one or more biological markers for the disease, such as a known genetic mutation of APP or APP cleavage products in brain tissues or fluids .
In treating or preventing the above diseases, the compounds of the invention are administered in a therapeutically effective amount. The therapeutically effective amount will vary depending on the particular compound used and the route of administration, as is known to those skilled in the art.
In treating a patient displaying any of the diagnosed above conditions a physician may administer a compound of the invention immediately and continue administration indefinitely, as needed. In treating patients who are not diagnosed as having Alzheimer's disease, but who are believed to be at substantial risk for Alzheimer's disease, the physician should preferably start treatment when the patient first experiences early pre-Alzheimer ' s symptoms such as, memory or cognitive problems associated with aging. In addition, there are some patients who may be determined to be at risk for developing Alzheimer's through the detection of a genetic marker such as APOE4 or other biological indicators that are predictive for Alzheimer's disease. In these situations, even though the patient does not have symptoms of the disease, administration of the compounds of the invention may be started before symptoms appear, and treatment may be continued indefinitely to prevent or delay the outset of the disease. Dosage Forms and Amounts
The compounds of the invention can be administered orally, parenternally, (IV, IM, depo-IM, SQ, and depo SQ) , sublingually, intranasally (inhalation) , intrathecally, topically, or rectally. Dosage forms known to those of skill in the art are suitable for delivery of the compounds of the invention. Compositions are provided that contain therapeutically effective amounts of the compounds of the invention. The compounds are preferably formulated into suitable pharmaceutical preparations such as tablets, capsules, or elixirs for oral administration or in sterile solutions or suspensions for parenternal administration. Typically the compounds described above are formulated into pharmaceutical compositions using techniques and procedures well known in the art .
About 1 to 500 mg of a compound or mixture of compounds of the invention or a physiologically acceptable salt or ester is compounded with a physiologically acceptable vehicle, carrier, excipient, binder, preservative, stabilizer, flavor, etc., in a unit dosage form as called for by accepted pharmaceutical practice. The amount of active substance in those compositions or preparations is such that a suitable dosage in the range indicated is obtained. The compositions are preferably formulated in a unit dosage form, each dosage containing from about 2 to about 100 mg, more preferably about 10 to about 30 mg of the active ingredient. The term "unit dosage from" refers to physically discrete units suitable as unitary dosages for human subjects and other mammals, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active material calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect, in association with a suitable pharmaceutical excipient. To prepare compositions, one or more compounds of the invention are mixed with a suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Upon mixing or addition of the compound (s) , the resulting mixture may be a solution, suspension, emulsion, or the like. Liposomal suspensions may also be suitable as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These may be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art. The form of the resulting mixture depends upon a number of factors , including the intended mode of administration and the solubility of the compound in the selected carrier or vehicle. The effective concentration is sufficient for lessening or ameliorating at least one symptom of the disease, disorder, or condition treated and may be empirically determined. Pharmaceutical carriers or vehicles suitable for administration of the compounds provided herein include any such carriers known to those skilled in the art to be suitable for the particular mode of administration. In addition, the active materials can also be mixed with other active materials that do not impair the desired action, or with materials that supplement the desired action, or have another action. The compounds may be formulated as the sole pharmaceutically active ingredient in the composition or may be combined with other active ingredients. Where the compounds exhibit insufficient solubility, methods for solubilizing may be used. Such methods are known and include, but are not limited to, using cosolvents such as dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) , using surfactants such as Tween®, and dissolution in aqueous sodium bicarbonate. Derivatives of the compounds, such as salts or prodrugs may also be used in formulating effective pharmaceutical compositions.
The concentration of the compound is effective for delivery of an amount upon administration that lessens or ameliorates at least one symptom of the disorder for which the compound is administered. Typically, the compositions are formulated for single dosage administration.
The compounds of the invention may be prepared with carriers that protect them against rapid elimination from the body, such as time-release formulations or coatings. Such carriers include controlled release formulations, such as, but not limited to, microencapsulated delivery systems. The active compound is included in the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier in an amount sufficient to exert a therapeutically useful effect in the absence of undesirable side effects on the patient treated. The therapeutically effective concentration may be determined empirically by testing the compounds in known in vi tro and in vivo model systems for the treated disorder. The compounds and compositions of the invention can be enclosed in multiple or single dose containers. The enclosed compounds and compositions can be provided in kits, for example, including component parts that can be assembled for use. For example, a compound inhibitor in lyophilized form and a suitable diluent may be provided as separated components for combination prior to use. A kit may include a compound inhibitor and a second therapeutic agent for co- administration. The inhibitor and second therapeutic agent may be provided as separate component parts. A kit may include a plurality of containers, each container holding one or more unit dose of the compound of the invention. The containers are preferably adapted for the desired mode of administration, including, but not limited to tablets, gel capsules, sustained-release capsules, and the like for oral administration; depot products, pre-filled syringes, ampules, vials, and the like for parenternal administration; and patches, medipads, creams, and the like for topical administration.
The concentration of active compound in the drug composition will depend on absorption, inactivation, and excretion rates of the active compound, the dosage schedule, and amount administered as well as other factors known to those of skill in the art. The active ingredient may be administered at once, or may be divided into a number of smaller doses to be administered at intervals of time. It is understood that the precise dosage and duration of treatment is a function of the disease being treated and may be determined empirically using known testing protocols or by extrapolation from in vivo or in vi tro test data. It is to be noted that concentrations and dosage values may also vary with the severity of the condition to be alleviated. It is to be further understood that for any particular subject, specific dosage regimens should be adjusted over time according to the individual need and the professional judgment of the person administering or supervising the administration of the compositions, and that the concentration ranges set forth herein are exemplary only and are not intended to limit the scope or practice of the claimed compositions.
If oral administration is desired, the compound should be provided in a composition that protects it from the acidic environment of the stomach. For example, the composition can be formulated in an enteric coating that maintains its integrity in the stomach and releases the active compound in the intestine. The composition may also be formulated in combination with an antacid or other such ingredient.
Oral compositions will generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier and may be compressed into tablets or enclosed in gelatin capsules. For the purpose of oral therapeutic administration, the active compound or compounds can be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, capsules, or troches. Pharmaceutically compatible binding agents and adjuvant materials can be included as part of the composition.
The tablets, pills, capsules, troches, and the like can contain any of the following ingredients or compounds of a similar nature: a binder such as, but not limited to, gum tragacanth, acacia, corn starch, or gelatin; an excipient such as microcrystalline cellulose, starch, or lactose; a disintegrating agent such as, but not limited to, alginic acid and corn starch; a lubricant such as, but not limited to, magnesium stearate; a gildant, such as, but not limited to, colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; and a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or fruit flavoring.
When the dosage unit form is a capsule, it can contain, in addition to material of the above type, a liquid carrier such as a fatty oil. In addition, dosage unit forms can contain various other materials, which modify the physical form of the dosage unit, for example, coatings of sugar and other enteric agents. The compounds can also be administered as a component of an elixir, suspension, syrup, wafer, chewing gum or the like. A syrup may contain, in addition to the active compounds, sucrose as a sweetening agent and certain preservatives, dyes and colorings, and flavors.
The active materials can also be mixed with other active materials that do not impair the desired action, or with materials that supplement the desired action.
Solutions or suspensions used for parenternal, intradermal, subcutaneous, or topical application can include any of the following components : a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oil, a naturally occurring vegetable oil such as sesame oil, coconut oil, peanut oil, cottonseed oil, and the like, or a synthetic fatty vehicle such as ethyl oleate, and the like, polyethylene glycol, glycerine, propylene glycol, or other synthetic solvent; antimicrobial agents such as benzyl alcohol and methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid and sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA) ; buffers such as acetates, citrates, and phosphates; and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride and dextrose. Parenternal preparations can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes, or multiple dose vials made of glass, plastic, or other suitable material. Buffers, preservatives, antioxidants, and the like can be incorporated as required.
Where administered intravenously, suitable carriers include physiological saline, phosphate buffered saline (PBS) , and solutions containing thickening and solubilizing agents such as glucose, polyethylene glycol, polypropyleneglycol, and mixtures thereof. Liposomal suspensions including tissue- targeted liposomes may also be suitable as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers . These may be prepared according to methods known for example, as described in U.S. Patent No. 4,522,811. The active compounds may be prepared with carriers that protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as time-release formulations or coatings. Such carriers include controlled release formulations, such as, but not limited to, implants and microencapsulated delivery systems, and biodegradable, biocompatible polymers such as collagen, ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, polyorthoesters, polylactic acid, and the like. Methods for preparation of such formulations are known to those skilled in the art . The compounds of the invention can be administered orally, parenternally (IV, IM, depo-IM, SQ, and depo-SQ) , sublingually, intranasally (inhalation) , intrathecally, topically, or rectally. Dosage forms known to those skilled in the art are suitable for delivery of the compounds of the invention.
Compounds of the invention may be administered enterally or parenterally. When administered orally, compounds of the invention can be administered in usual dosage forms for oral administration as is well known to those skilled in the art. These dosage forms include the usual solid unit dosage forms of tablets and capsules as well as liquid dosage forms such as solutions, suspensions, and elixirs. When the solid dosage forms are used, it is preferred that they be of the sustained release type so that the compounds of the invention need to be administered only once or twice daily.
The oral dosage forms are administered to the patient 1, 2, 3, or 4 times daily. It is preferred that the compounds of the invention be administered either three or fewer times, more preferably once or twice daily. Hence, it is preferred that the compounds of the invention be administered in oral dosage form. It is preferred that whatever oral dosage form is used, that it be designed so as to protect the compounds of the invention from the acidic environment of the stomach. Enteric coated tablets are well known to those skilled in the art. In addition, capsules filled with small spheres each coated to protect from the acidic stomach, are also well known to those skilled in the art.
When administered orally, an administered amount therapeutically effective to inhibit beta-secretase activity, to inhibit A beta production, to inhibit A beta deposition, or to treat or prevent AD is from about 0.1 mg/day to about 1,000 mg/day. It is preferred that the oral dosage is from about 1 mg/day to about 100 mg/day. It is more preferred that the oral dosage is from about 5 mg/day to about 50 mg/day. It is understood that while a patient may be started at one dose, that dose may be varied over time as the patient's condition changes .
Compounds of the invention may also be advantageously delivered in a nano crystal dispersion formulation. Preparation of such formulations is described, for example, in U.S. Patent 5,145,684. Nano crystalline dispersions of HIV protease inhibitors and their method of use are described in US 6,045,829. The nano crystalline formulations typically afford greater bioavailability of drug compounds.
The compounds of the invention can be administered parenterally, for example, by IV, IM, depo-IM, SC, or depo-SC. When administered parenterally, a therapeutically effective amount of about 0.5 to about 100 mg/day, preferably from about 5 to about 50 mg daily should be delivered. When a depot formulation is used for injection once a month or once every two weeks, the dose should be about 0.5 mg/day to about 50 mg/day, or a monthly dose of from about 15 mg to about 1,500 mg. In part because of the forgetfulness of the patients with Alzheimer's disease, it is preferred that the parenteral dosage form be a depo formulation.
The compounds of the invention can be administered sublingually. When given sublingually, the compounds of the invention should be given one to four times daily in the amounts described above for IM administration.
The compounds of the invention can be administered intranasally. When given by this route, the appropriate dosage forms are a nasal spray or dry powder, as is known to those skilled in the art. The dosage of the compounds of the invention for intranasal administration is the amount described above for IM administration.
The compounds of the invention can be administered intrathecally. When given by this route the appropriate dosage form can be a parenternal dosage form as is known to those skilled in the art. The dosage of the compounds of the invention for intrathecal administration is the amount described above for IM administration. The compounds of the invention can be administered topically. When given by this route, the appropriate dosage form is a cream, ointment, or patch. Because of the amount of the compounds of the invention to be administered, the patch is preferred. When administered topically, the dosage is from about 0.5 mg/day to about 200 mg/day. Because the amount that can be delivered by a patch is limited, two or more patches may be used. The number and size of the patch is not important, what is important is that a therapeutically effective amount of the compounds of the invention be delivered as is known to those skilled in the art. The compounds of the invention can be administered rectally by suppository as is known to those skilled in the art. When administered by suppository, the therapeutically effective amount is from about 0.5 mg to about 500 mg.
The compounds of the invention can be administered by implants as is known to those skilled in the art. When administering a compound of the invention by implant, the therapeutically effective amount is the amount described above for depot administration.
The invention here is the new compounds of the invention and new methods of using the compounds of the invention. Given a particular compound of the invention and a desired dosage form, one skilled in the art would know how to prepare and administer the appropriate dosage form.
The compounds of the invention are used in the same manner, by the same routes of administration, using the same pharmaceutical dosage forms, and at the same dosing schedule as described above, for preventing disease or treating patients with MCI (mild cognitive impairment) and preventing or delaying the onset of Alzheimer's disease in those who would progress from MCI to AD, for treating or preventing Down's syndrome, for treating humans who have Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch-Type, for treating cerebral amyloid angiopathy and preventing its potential consequences, i.e. single and recurrent lobar hemorrhages, for treating other degenerative dementias, including dementias of mixed vascular and degenerative origin, dementia associated with Parkinson's disease, dementia associated with progressive supranuclear palsy, dementia associated with cortical basal degeneration, and diffuse Lewy body type of Alzheimer's disease.
The compounds of the invention can be used in combination, with each other or with other therapeutic agents or approaches used to treat or prevent the conditions listed above. Such agents or approaches include: acetylcholine esterase inhibitors such as tacrine (tetrahydroaminoacridine, marketed as COGNEX®) , donepezil hydrochloride, (marketed as Aricept® and rivastigmine (marketed as Exelon®) ; gamma- secretase inhibitors; anti -inflammatory agents such as cyclooxygenase II inhibitors; anti-oxidants such as Vitamin E and ginkolides; immunological approaches, such as, for example, immunization with A beta peptide or administration of anti-A beta peptide antibodies; statins; and direct or indirect neurotropic agents such as Cerebrolysin® , AIT-082 (Emilieu, 2000, Arch . Neurol . 57:454), and other neurotropic agents of the future.
It should be apparent to one skilled in the art that the exact dosage and frequency of administration will depend on the particular compounds of the invention administered, the particular condition being treated, the severity of the condition being treated, the age, weight, general physical condition of the particular patient, and other medication the individual may be taking as is well known to administering physicians who are skilled in this art. Inhibition of APP Cleavage
The compounds of the invention inhibit cleavage of APP between Met595 and Asp596 numbered for the APP695 isoform, or a mutant thereof, or at a corresponding site of 'a different isoform, such as APP751 or APP770, or a mutant thereof
(sometimes referred to as the "beta secretase site"). While not wishing to be bound by a particular theory, inhibition of beta-secretase activity is thought to inhibit production of beta amyloid peptide (A beta) . Inhibitory activity is demonstrated in one of a variety of inhibition assays, whereby cleavage of an APP substrate in the presence of a beta- secretase enzyme is analyzed in the presence of the inhibitory compound, under conditions normally sufficient to result in cleavage at the beta-secretase cleavage site. Reduction of APP cleavage at the beta-secretase cleavage site compared with an untreated or inactive control is correlated with inhibitory activity. Assay systems that can be used to demonstrate efficacy of the compound inhibitors of the invention are known. Representative assay systems are described, for example, in U.S. Patents No. 5,942,400, 5,744,346, as well as in the Examples below.
The enzymatic activity of beta-secretase and the production of A beta can be analyzed in vi tro or in vivo, using natural, mutated, and/or synthetic APP substrates, natural, mutated, and/or synthetic enzyme, and the test compound. The analysis may involve primary or secondary cells expressing native, mutant, and/or synthetic APP and enzyme, animal models expressing native APP and enzyme, or may utilize transgenic animal models expressing the substrate and enzyme. Detection of enzymatic activity can be by analysis of one or more of the cleavage products, for example, by immunoassay, flurometric or σhromogenic assay, HPLC, or other means of detection. Inhibitory compounds are determined as those having the ability to decrease the amount of beta-secretase cleavage product produced in comparison to a control, where beta-secretase mediated cleavage in the reaction system is observed and measured in the absence of inhibitory compounds . Beta-secretase
Various forms of beta-secretase enzyme are known, and are available and useful for assay of enzyme activity and inhibition of enzyme activity. These include native, recombinant, and synthetic forms of the enzyme. Human beta- secretase is known as Beta Site APP Cleaving Enzyme (BACE) , Asp2 , and memapsin 2, and has been characterized, for example, in U.S. Patent No. 5,744,346 and published PCT patent applications W098/22597, WO00/03819, WO01/23533, and WO00/17369, as well as in literature publications (Hussain et.al., 1999, Mol . Cell . Neurosci . 14:419-427; Vassar et.al.,
1999, Science 286:735-741; Yan et.al., 1999, Nature 402:533- 537; Sinha et.al., 1999, Nature 40:537-540; and Lin et.al.,
2000, PNAS USA 97:1456-1460). Synthetic forms of the enzyme have also been described (W098/22597 and WO00/17369) . Beta- secretase can be extracted and purified from human brain tissue and can be produced in cells, for example mammalian cells expressing recombinant enzyme.
Preferred compounds are effective to inhibit 50% of beta- secretase enzymatic activity at a concentration of less than about 50 micromolar, preferably at a concentration of less than about 10 micromolar, more preferably less than about 1 micromolar, and most preferably less than about 10 nanomolar.
APP Substrate
Assays that demonstrate inhibition of beta-secretase- mediated cleavage of APP can utilize any of the known forms of APP, including the 695 amino acid "normal" isotype described by Kang et.al., 1987, Nature 325:733-6, the 770 amino acid isotype described by Kitaguchi et . al . , 1981, Nature 331:530-
532, and variants such as the Swedish Mutation (KM670-1ΝL)
(APP-SW) , the London Mutation (V7176F) , and others. See, for example, U.S. Patent No. 5,766,846 and also Hardy, 1992,
Nature Genet . 1:233-234, for a review of known variant mutations. Additional useful substrates include the dibasic amino acid modification, APP-KK disclosed, for example, in WO 00/17369, fragments of APP, and synthetic peptides containing the beta-secretase cleavage site, wild type (WT) or mutated form, e.g., SW, as described, for example, in U.S. Patent No 5,942,400 and WO00/03819.
The APP substrate contains the beta-secretase cleavage site of APP (KM-DA or NL-DA) for example, a complete APP peptide or variant, an APP fragment, a recombinant or synthetic APP, or a fusion peptide. Preferably, the fusion peptide includes the beta-secretase cleavage site fused to a peptide having a moiety useful for enzymatic assay, for example, having isolation and/or detection properties. A useful moiety may be an antigenic epitope for antibody binding, a label or other detection moiety, a binding substrate, and the like. Antibodies
Products characteristic of APP cleavage can be measured by immunoassay using various antibodies, as described, for example, in Pirttila et.al., 1999, Neuro. Lett . 249:21-4, and in U.S. Pat. No. 5,612,486. Useful antibodies to detect A beta include, for example, the monoclonal antibody 6E10
(Senetek, St. Louis, MO) that specifically recognizes an epitope on amino acids 1-16 of the A beta peptide; antibodies 162 and 164 (New York State Institute for Basic Research, Staten Island, NY) that are specific for human A beta 1-40 and 1-42, respectively; and antibodies that recognize the junction region of beta-amyloid peptide, the site between residues 16 and 17, as described in U.S. Patent No. 5,593,846. Antibodies raised against a synthetic peptide of residues 591 to 596 of APP and SW192 antibody raised against 590-596 of the Swedish mutation are also useful in immunoassay of APP and its cleavage products, as described in U.S. Patent Nos . 5,604,102 and 5,721,130. Assay Systems
Assays for determining APP cleavage at the beta-secretase cleavage site are well known in the art. Exemplary assays, are described, for example, in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,744,346 and 5,942,400, and described in the Examples below.
Cell Free Assays Exemplary assays that can be used to demonstrate the inhibitory activity of the compounds of the invention are described, for example, in WO00/17369, WO 00/03819, and U.S. Patents No. 5,942,400 and 5,744,346. Such assays can be performed in cell-free incubations or in cellular incubations using cells expressing a beta-secretase and an APP substrate having a beta-secretase cleavage site.
An APP substrate containing the beat-secretase cleavage site of APP, for example, a complete APP or variant, an APP fragment, or a recombinant or synthetic APP substrate containing the amino acid sequence: KM-DA or NL-DA, is incubated in the presence of beta-secretase enzyme, a fragment thereof, or a synthetic or recombinant polypeptide variant having beta-secretase activity and effective to cleave the beta-secretase cleavage site of APP, under incubation conditions suitable for the cleavage activity of the enzyme. Suitable substrates optionally include derivatives that may be fusion proteins or peptides that contain the substrate peptide and a modification useful to facilitate the purification or detection of the peptide or its beta-secretase cleavage products. Useful modifications include the insertion of a known antigenic epitope for antibody binding; the linking of a label or detectable moiety, the linking of a binding substrate, and the like.
Suitable incubation conditions for a cell-free in vi tro assay include, for example: approximately 200 nanomolar to 10 micromolar substrate, approximately 10 to 200 picomolar enzyme, and approximately 0.1 nanomolar to 10 micromolar inhibitor compound, in aqueous solution, at an approximate pH of 4 -7, at approximately 37 degrees C, for a time period of approximately 10 minutes to 3 hours. These incubation conditions are exemplary only, and can be varied as required for the particular assay components and/or desired measurement system. Optimization of the incubation conditions for the particular assay components should account for the specific beta-secretase enzyme used and its pH optimum, any additional enzymes and/or markers that might be used in the assay, and the like. Such optimization is routine and will not require undue experimentation. One useful assay utilizes a fusion peptide having maltose binding protein (MBP) fused to the C-terminal 125 amino acids of APP-SW. The MBP portion is captured on an assay substrate by anti-MBP capture antibody. Incubation of the captured fusion protein in the presence of beta-secretase results in cleavage of the substrate at the beta-secretase cleavage site. Analysis of the cleavage activity can be, for example, by immunoassay of cleavage products. One such immunoassay detects a unique epitope exposed at the carboxy terminus of the cleaved fusion protein, for example, using the antibody SW192. This assay is described, for example, in U.S. Patent No 5,942,400. Cellular Assay
Numerous cell-based assays can be used to analyze beta- secretase activity and/or processing of APP to release A beta. Contact of an APP substrate with a beta-secretase enzyme within the cell and in the presence or absence of a compound inhibitor of the invention can be used to demonstrate beta- secretase inhibitory activity of the compound. Preferably, assay in the presence of a useful inhibitory compound provides at least about 30%, most preferably at least about 50% inhibition of the enzymatic activity, as compared with a non- inhibited control .
In one embodiment, cells that naturally express beta- secretase are used. Alternatively, cells are modified to express a recombinant beta-secretase or synthetic variant enzyme as discussed above. The APP substrate may be added to the culture medium and is preferably expressed in the cells. Cells that naturally express APP, variant or mutant forms of APP, or cells transformed to express an isoform of APP, mutant or variant APP, recombinant or synthetic APP, APP fragment, or synthetic APP peptide or fusion protein containing the beta- secretase APP cleavage site can be used, provided that the expressed APP is permitted to contact the enzyme and enzymatic cleavage activity can be analyzed.
Human cell lines that normally process A beta from APP provide a useful means to assay inhibitory activities of the compounds of the invention. Production and release of A beta and/or other cleavage products into the culture medium can be measured, for example by immunoassay, such as Western blot or enzyme-linked immunoassay (EIA) such as by ELISA.
Cells expressing an APP substrate and an active beta- secretase can be incubated in the presence of a compound inhibitor to demonstrate inhibition of enzymatic activity as compared with a control. Activity of beta-secretase can be measured by analysis of one or more cleavage products of the APP substrate. For example, inhibition of beta-secretase activity against the substrate APP would be expected to decrease release of specific beta-secretase induced APP cleavage products such as A beta.
Although both neural and non-neural cells process and release A beta, levels of endogenous beta-secretase activity are low and often difficult to detect by EIA. The use of cell types known to have enhanced beta-secretase activity, enhanced processing of APP to A beta, and/or enhanced production of A beta are therefore preferred. For example, transfection of cells with the Swedish Mutant form of APP (APP-SW) ; with APP- KK; or with APP-SW-KK provides cells having enhanced beta- secretase activity and producing amounts of A beta that can be readily measured.
In such assays, for example, the cells expressing APP and beta-secretase are incubated in a culture medium under conditions suitable for beta-secretase enzymatic activity at its cleavage site on the APP substrate. On exposure of the cells to the compound inhibitor, the amount of A beta released into the medium and/or the amount of CTF99 fragments of APP in the cell lysates is reduced as compared with the control. The cleavage products of APP can be analyzed, for example, by immune reactions with specific antibodies, as discussed above.
Preferred cells for analysis of beta-secretase activity include primary human neuronal cells, primary transgenic animal neuronal cells where the transgene is APP, and other cells such as those of a stable 293 cell line expressing APP, for example, APP-SW. In Vivo Assays : Animal Models
Various animal models can be used to analyze beta- secretase activity and /or processing of APP to release A beta, as described above. For example, transgenic animals expressing APP substrate and beta-secretase enzyme can be used to demonstrate inhibitory activity of the compounds of the invention. Certain transgenic animal models have been described, for example, in U.S. Patent Nos: 5,877,399; 5,612,486; 5,387,742; 5,720,936; 5,850,003; 5,877,015,, and 5,811,633, and in Ganes et.al., 1995, Nature 373:523. Preferred are animals that exhibit characteristics associated with the pathophysiology of AD. Administration of the compound inhibitors of the invention to the transgenic mice described herein provides an alternative method for demonstrating the inhibitory activity of the compounds. Administration of the compounds in a pharmaceutically effective carrier and via an administrative route that reaches the target tissue in an appropriate therapeutic amount is also preferred.
Inhibition of beta-secretase mediated cleavage of APP at the beta-secretase cleavage site and of A beta release can be analyzed in these animals by measure of cleavage fragments in the animal's body fluids such as cerebral fluid or tissues. Analysis of brain tissues for A beta deposits or plaques is preferred.
On contacting an APP substrate with a beta-secretase enzyme in the presence of an inhibitory compound of the invention and under conditions sufficient to permit enzymatic mediated cleavage of APP and/or release of A beta from the substrate, the compounds of the invention are effective to reduce beta-secretase-mediated cleavage of APP at the beta- secretase cleavage site and/or effective to reduce released amounts of A beta. Where such contacting is the administration of the inhibitory compounds of the invention to an animal model, for example, as described above, the compounds are effective to reduce A beta deposition in brain tissues of the animal, and to reduce the number and/or size of beta amyloid plaques. Where such administration is to a human subject, the compounds are effective to inhibit or slow the progression of disease characterized by enhanced amounts of A beta, to slow the progression of AD in the, and/or to prevent onset or development of AD in a patient at risk for the disease.
Unless defined otherwise, all scientific and technical terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of skill in the art to which this invention belongs. All patents and publications referred to herein are hereby incorporated by reference for all purposes. Definitions and Conventions The definitions and explanations below are for the terms as used throughout this entire document including both the specification and the claims. Definitions All temperatures are in degrees Celsius. TLC refers to thin-layer chromatography. psi refers to pounds/in2.
HPLC refers to high pressure liquid chromatography. THF refers to tetrahydrofuran. DMF refers to dimethylformamide .
EDC refers to ethyl-1- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide or 1- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) -3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride .
HOBt refers to 1-hydroxy benzotriazole hydrate. NMM refers to N-methylmorpholine . NBS refers to N-bromosuccinimide. TEA refers to triethylamine .
BOC refers to 1, 1-dimethylethoxy carbonyl or t- butoxycarbonyl , represneted schematically as-CO-0-C (CH3) 3.
CBZ refers to benzyloxycarbonyl , -CO-0-CH2-φ. FMOC refers to 9-fluorenylmethyl carbonate. TFA refers to trifluoracetic acid, CF3-COOH. GDI refers to 1, 1 ' -carbonyldiimidazole . Saline refers to an aqueous saturated sodium chloride solution.
Chromatography (column and flash chromatography) refers to purification/separation of compounds expressed as (support, eluent) . It is understood that the appropriate fractions are pooled and concentrated to give the desired compound (s) .
CMR refers to C-13 magnetic resonance spectroscopy, chemical shifts are reported in ppm (δ) downfield from TMS . NMR refers to nuclear (proton) magnetic resonance spectroscopy, chemical shifts are reported in ppm (d) downfield from TMS .
IR refers to infrared spectroscopy. -phenyl refers to phenyl (C6H5) .
MS refers to mass spectrometry expressed as m/e, m/z or mass/charge unit. MH+ refers to the positive ion of a parent plus a hydrogen atom. El refers to electron impact. Cl refers to chemical ionization. FAB refers to fast atom bombardment.
HRMS refers to high resolution mass spectrometry.
Ether refers to diethyl ether .
When solvent pairs are used, the ratios of solvents used are volume/volume (v/v) . When the solubility of a solid in a solvent is used the ratio of the solid to the solvent is weight/volume (wt/v) .
BOP refers to benzotriazol-1-yloxy- tris (dimethylamino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate .
TBDMSC1 refers to t-butyldimethylsilyl chloride. TBDMSOTf refers to t-butyldimethylsilyl trifluosulfonic acid ester.
Trisomy 21 refers to Down's Syndrome.
APP, amyloid precursor protein, is defined as any APP polypeptide, including APP variants, mutations, and isoforms, for example, as disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,766,846.
A beta, amyloid beta peptide, is defined as any peptide resulting from beta-secretase mediated cleavage of APP, including peptides of 39, 40, 41, 42, and 43 amino acids, and extending from the beta-secretase cleavage site to amino acids 39, 40, 41, 42, or 43.
Beta-secretase (BACE1, Asp2, Memapsin 2) is an aspartyl protease that mediates cleavage of APP at the amino-terminal edge of A beta. Human beta-secretase is described, for example, in WO00/17369. By "alkyl" and "Ci-C alkyl" in the invention is meant straight or branched chain alkyl groups having 1-6 carbon atoms, such as, methyl, ethyl, propyl , isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, 2-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, 2-hexyl, 3-hexyl, and 3-methylpentyl . It is understood that in cases where an alkyl chain of a substituent (e.g. of an alkyl, alkoxy or alkenyl group) is shorter or longer than 6 carbons, it will be so indicated in the second "C" as, for example, "Ci-Cio" indicates a maximum of 10 carbons. By "alkoxy" and "Ci- alkoxy" in the invention is meant straight or branched chain alkyl groups having 1-6 carbon atoms, attached through at least one divalent oxygen atom, such as, for example, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, n- butoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy, pentoxy, isopentoxy, neopentoxy, hexoxy, and 3-methylpentoxy.
By the term "halogen" in the invention is meant fluorine, bromine, chlorine, and iodine.
"Alkenyl" and "C2-C6 alkenyl" means straight and branched hydrocarbon radicals having from 2 to 6 carbon atoms and from one to three double bonds and includes, for example, ethenyl, propenyl , l-but-3-enyl, l-pent-3-enyl, l-hex-5-enyl and the like .
"Alkynyl" and "C2-C6 alkynyl" means straight and branched hydrocarbon radicals having from 2 to 6 carbon atoms and one or two triple bonds and includes ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentyn-2-yl and the like.
As used herein, the term "cycloalkyl" refers to saturated carbocyclic radicals having three to twelve carbon atoms. The cycloalkyl can be monocyclic, or a polycyclic fused system. Examples of such radicals include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and cycloheptyl. The cycloalkyl groups herein are unsubstituted or, as specified, substituted in one or more substitutable positions with various groups. For example, such cycloalkyl groups may be optionally substituted with Ci-Cg alkyl, Ci-C alkoxy, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, amino, mono (Cx-C6) alkylamino, di (Cι-C6) alkylamino, C2-C3alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, Cα-Ce haloalkyl, Ci-Cg haloalkoxy, amino (Ci-Cg) alkyl, mono (Cι-C6) alkylamino (Ci-Cg) alkyl or di(Cι- C6) alkylamino (Cι-C6) alkyl .
By "aryl" is meant an aromatic carbocyclic group having a single ring (e.g., phenyl), multiple rings (e.g., biphenyl) , or multiple condensed rings in which at least one is aromatic, (e.g., 1, 2 , 3 , 4-tetrahydronaphthyl , naphthyl), which is optionally mono-, di-, or trisubstituted. Preferred aryl groups of the invention are phenyl, 1 -naphthyl, 2 -naphthyl , indanyl, indenyl, dihydronaphthyl , tetralinyl or 6,7,8,9- tetrahydro-5H-benzo [a] cycloheptenyl . The aryl groups herein are unsubstituted or, as specified, substituted in one or more substitutable positions with various groups. For example, such aryl groups may be optionally substituted with, for example, Cι-C3 alkyl, Ci-C alkoxy, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, amino, mono (Ci-C ) alkylamino, di (Ci-Cg) alkylamino, C2- dalkenyl, C2-Cealkynyl, Cι~C6 haloalkyl, Ci-Cg haloalkoxy, amino (Ci-Cg) alkyl, mono (Cι-C3) alkylamino (Ci-Cg) alkyl, di (C2- Cs) alkylamino (Ci-Cg) alkyl, -COOH, -C (=0) 0 (Ci-Cg alkyl), -C(=0)NH2, -C(=0)N(mono- or di-Ci-d alkyl), -S(d-C6 alkyl), -S02(Cι-Cg alkyl), -O-C (=0) (Cι-C6 alkyl), -NH-C (=0) - (Ci-Cg alkyl), -N(Cι-C6 alkyl) -C (=0) - (Ci-Cg alkyl), -NH-SOa- (Ci-Cg alkyl), -N(d-C6 alkyl) -S02- (Ci-Cg alkyl), -NH-C (=0)NH2, -NH- C(=0)N(mono- or di-Ci-Cg alkyl), -NH(Cι-C6 alkyl) -C (=0) -NH2 or -NH(Ci-C6 alkyl) -C(=0) -N- (mono- or di-Ci-Cg alkyl).
By "heteroaryl" is meant one or more aromatic ring systems of 5-, 6-, or 7-membered rings which includes fused ring systems of 9-11 atoms containing at least one and up to four heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. Preferred heteroaryl groups of the invention include pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, quinolinyl, benzothienyl , indolyl, indolinyl, pryidazinyl, pyrazinyl, isoindolyl, isoquinolyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, phthalazinyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, indolizinyl, indazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolopyridinyl , imidazopyridinyl, isothiazolyl, naphthyridinyl , cinnolinyl, carbazolyl, beta- carbolinyl, isochromanyl, chrorαanyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl , isoindolinyl , isobenzotetrahydrofuranyl , isobenzotetrahydrothienyl, isobenzothienyl , benzoxazolyl , pyridopyridinyl , benzotetrahydrofuranyl, benzotetrahydrothienyl, purinyl , benzodioxolyl , triazinyl, phenoxazinyl , phenothiazinyl, pteridinyl, benzothiazolyl, imidazopyridinyl, imidazothiazolyl, dihydrobenzisoxazinyl, benzisoxazinyl, benzoxazinyl , dihydrobenzisothiazinyl , benzopyranyl, benzothiopyranyl, coumarinyl , isocoumarinyl , chromonyl, chromanonyl , pyridinyl-N-oxide, tetrahydroquinolinyl , dihydroquinolinyl, dihydroquinolinonyl, dihydroisoquinolinonyl , dihydrocoumarinyl , dihydroisocoumarinyl, isoindolinonyl, benzodioxanyl , benzoxazolinonyl, pyrrolyl N-oxide,, pyri idinyl N-oxide, pyridazinyl N-oxide, pyrazinyl N-oxide, quinolinyl N-oxide, indolyl N-oxide, indolinyl N-oxide, isoquinolyl N-oxide, quinazolinyl N-oxide, quinoxalinyl N-oxide, phthalazinyl N- oxide, imidazolyl N-oxide, isoxazolyl N-oxide, oxazolyl N- oxide, thiazolyl N-oxide, indolizinyl N-oxide, indazolyl N- oxide, benzothiazolyl N-oxide, benzimidazolyl N-oxide, pyrrolyl N-oxide, oxadiazolyl N-oxide, thiadiazolyl N-oxide, triazolyl N-oxide, tetrazolyl N-oxide,. benzothiopyranyl S-oxide, benzothiopyranyl S,S-dioxide. The heteroaryl groups herein are unsubstituted or, as specified, substituted in one or more substitutable positions with various groups. For example, such heteroaryl groups may be optionally substituted with Ci-Cg alkyl, Cι-C6 alkoxy, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, amino, mono (Ci-Cg) alkylamino, di (d-C6) alkylamino, C2-C6alkenyl, C2- dalkynyl, Cx-C6 haloalkyl, Cι-C3 haloalkoxy, amino (Cι-C6) alkyl , mono (Ci-Cg) alkylamino (Cι-C6) alkyl or di (Cι-Cε) alkylamino (Ci-
Cg) alkyl, -COOH, -C (=0) 0 (C1-C6 alkyl), -C(=0)NH2, -C (=0) N (mono- or di-Ci-Cg alkyl), -S (d-C3 alkyl), -S02(Cι-C6 alkyl), -O- C(=0) (Ci-Cg alkyl), -NH-C (=0) - (Ci-Cg alkyl), -N(Cι-C6 alkyl) -
C(=0) - (Ci-Cg alkyl), -NH-S02- (Cι-C6 alkyl), -N(Cχ-C6 alkyl) -S02-
(Ci-Cg alkyl), -NH-C (=0) NH2, -NH-C (=0) N (mono- or di-Ci-Cg alkyl), -NH (Ci-Cg alkyl) -C (=0) -NH2 or -NH(Cι-Cβ alkyl) -C (=0) -N-
(mono- or di-Ci-Cg alkyl) . By "heterocycle" , "heterocycloalkyl" or "heterocyclyl" is meant one or more carbocyclic ring systems of 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered rings which includes fused ring systems of 9-11 atoms containing at least one and up to four heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. Preferred heterocycles of the invention include morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl S-oxide, thiomorpholinyl S,S- dioxide, piperazinyl, homopiperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl , pyrrolinyl, tetrahydropyranyl , piperidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, homopiperidinyl , homomorpholinyl , homothiomorpholinyl, homothiomorpholinyl S,S-dioxide, oxazolidinonyl, dihydropyrazolyl , dihydropyrrolyl , dihydropyrazinyl, dihydropyridinyl , dihydropyrimidinyl , dihydrofuryl , dihydropyranyl , tetrahydrothienyl S-oxide, tetrahydrothienyl S,S-dioxide and homothiomorpholinyl S-oxide. The heterocycle groups herein are unsubstituted or, as specified, substituted in one or more substitutable positions with various groups. For example, such heterocycle groups may be optionally substituted with Ci-Cg alkyl, Ci-Cg alkoxy, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, amino, mono (Ci-Cg) alkylamino, di (Ci-Cg) alkylamino, C2-Cgalkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, Cι-C3 haloalkyl, Ci-C haloalkoxy, amino (Ci-d) alkyl , mono (Ci-Cg) alkylamino (Cι~ Cs) alkyl, di (Ci-Cg) alkylamino (Cι-C6) alkyl or =0.
"Pharmaceutically acceptable" refers to those properties and/or substances that are acceptable to the patient from a pharmacological/toxicological point of view and to the manufacturing pharmaceutical chemist from a physical/chemical point of view regarding composition, formulation, stability, patient acceptance and bioavailability. A therapeutically effective amount is defined as an amount effective to reduce or lessen at least one symptom of the disease being treated or to reduce or delay onset of one or more clinical markers or symptoms of the disease.
It should be noted that, as used in this specification and the appended claims, the singular forms "a," "an," and "the" include plural referents unless the content clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, reference to a composition containing "a compound" includes a mixture of two or more compounds. It should also be noted that the term "or" is generally employed in its sense including "and/or" unless the content clearly dictates otherwise.
Unless defined otherwise, all scientific and technical terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of skill in the art to which this invention belongs. All patents and publications referred to herein are hereby incorporated by reference for all purposes.
BIOLOGY EXAMPLES Example A Enzyme Inhibition Assay
The compounds of the invention are analyzed for inhibitory activity by use of the MBP-C125 assay. This assay determines the relative inhibition of beta-secretase cleavage of a model APP substrate, MBP-C125SW, by the compounds assayed as compared with an untreated control. A detailed description of the assay parameters can be found, for example, in U.S. Patent No. 5,942,400. Briefly, the substrate is a fusion peptide formed of maltose binding protein (MBP) and the carboxy terminal 125 amino acids of APP-SW, the Swedish mutation. The beta-secretase enzyme is derived from human brain tissue as described in Sinha et.al, 1999, Nature 40:537- 540) or recombinantly produced as the full-length enzyme (amino acids 1-501) , and can be prepared, for example, from 293 cells expressing the recombinant cDΝA, as described in WO00/47618. Human brain D-Secretase from concentrated HiQ pool prepared 7/16/97 in 0.20% Triton was used in the assay. Inhibition of the enzyme is analyzed, for example, by immunoassay of the enzyme's cleavage products. One exemplary ELISA uses an anti-MBP capture antibody that is deposited on precoated and blocked 96-well high binding plates, followed by incubation with diluted enzyme reaction supernatant, incubation with a specific reporter antibody, for example, biotinylated anti-SW192 reporter antibody, and further incubation with streptavidin/alkaline phosphatase. In the assay, cleavage of the intact MBP-C125SW fusion protein results in the generation of a truncated amino-terminal fragment, exposing a new SW-192 antibody-positive epitope at the carboxy terminus. Detection is effected by a fluorescent substrate signal on cleavage by the phosphatase. ELISA only detects cleavage following Leu 596 at the substrate's APP-SW 751 mutation site. Specific Assay Procedure:
Compounds are diluted in a 1:1 dilution series to a six- point concentration curve (two wells per concentration) in one 96-plate row per compound tested. Each of the test compounds is prepared in DMSO to make up a 10 millimolar stock solution. The stock solution is serially diluted in DMSO to obtain a final compound concentration of 200 micromolar at the high point of a 6-point dilution curve. Ten (10) microliters of each dilution is added to each of two wells on row C of a corresponding V-bottom plate to which 190 microliters of 52 millimolar ΝaOAc, 7.9% DMSO, pH .5 are pre-added. The ΝaOAc diluted compound plate is spun down to pellet precipitant and 20 microliters/well is transferred to a corresponding flat- bottom plate to which 30 microliters of ice-cold enzyme- substrate mixture (2.5 microliters MBP-C125SW substrate, 0.03 microliters enzyme and 24.5 microliters ice cold 0.09% TX100 per 30 microliters) is added. The final reaction mixture of 200 micromolar compound at the highest curve point is in 5% DMSO, 20 millimolar NaAc, 0.06% TX100, at pH 4.5.
Warming the plates to 37 degrees C starts the enzyme reaction. After 90 minutes at 37 degrees C, 200 microliters/well cold specimen diluent is added to stop the reaction and 20 microliters/well was transferred to a corresponding anti-MBP antibody coated ELISA plate for capture, containing 80 microliters/well specimen diluent. This reaction is incubated overnight at 4 degrees C and the ELISA is developed the next day after a 2 hour incubation with anti-192SW antibody, followed by Streptavidin-AP conjugate and fluorescent substrate. The signal is read on a fluorescent plate reader.
Relative compound inhibition potency is determined by calculating the concentration of compound that showed a fifty percent reduction in detected signal (IC50) compared to the enzyme reaction signal in the control wells with no added compound. Example B Cell Free Inhibition Assay Utilizing a Synthetic APP Substrate
A synthetic APP substrate that can be cleaved by beta- secretase and having N-terminal biotin and made fluorescent by the covalent attachment of Oregon green at the Cys residue is used to assay beta-secretase activity in the presence or absence of the inhibitory compounds of the invention. Useful substrates include the following-. Biotin-SEVNL-DAEFRC [oregon green] KK [SEQ ID NO:
1 ]
Biotin-SEV M-DAEFRC [oregon green] KK [SEQ ID NO: 2 ]
Biotin-GLNIKTEEISEISY-EVEFRC [oregon green] KK [SEQ ID NO: 3 ]
Biotin-ADRGLTTRPGSGLTNIKTEEISEVNL-DAEFRC [oregon green] K [SEQ ID NO: 4]
Biotin-FVNQHLCoxGSHLVEALY-LVCoxGERGFFYTPKAC [oregon green] K [SEQ ID NO : 5]
The enzyme (0.1 nanomolar) and test compounds (0.001 - 100 micromolar) are incubated in pre-blocked, low affinity, black plates (384 well) at 37 degrees for 30 minutes. The reaction is initiated by addition of 150 millimolar substrate to a final volume of 30 microliter per well. The final assay conditions are: 0.001 - 100 micromolar compound inhibitor; 0.1 molar sodium acetate (pH 4.5); 150 nanomolar substrate; 0.1 nanomolar soluble beta-secretase; 0.001% Tween 20, and 2% DMSO. The assay mixture is incubated for 3 hours at 37 degrees C, and the reaction is terminated by the addition of a saturating concentration of immunopure streptavidin. After incubation with streptavidin at room temperature for 15 minutes, fluorescence polarization is measured, for example, using a LJL Acqurest (Ex485 n / Em530 nm) . The activity of the beta-secretase enzyme is detected by changes in the fluorescence polarization that occur when the substrate is cleaved by the enzyme. Incubation in the presence or absence of compound inhibitor demonstrates specific inhibition of beta-secretase enzymatic cleavage of its synthetic APP substrate. In this assay, preferred compounds of the invention exhibit an IC50 of less than 50 micromolar.
Example C
Beta-Secretase Inhibition; P26-P4 'SW Assay Synthetic substrates containing the beta-secretase cleavage site of APP are used to assay beta-secretase activity, using the methods described, for example, in published PCT application WO00/47618. The P26-P4'SW substrate is a peptide of the sequence:
(biotin) CGGADRGLTTRPGSGLTNIKTEEISEVNLDAEF [SEQ ID NO: 6] The P26-P1 standard has the sequence:
(biotin) CGGADRGLTTRPGSGLTNIKTEEISEVNL [SEQ ID NO: 7]. Briefly, the biotin-coupled synthetic substrates are incubated at a concentration of from about 0 to about 200 micromolar in this assay. When testing inhibitory compounds, a substrate concentration of about 1.0 micromolar is preferred. Test compounds diluted in DMSO are added to the reaction mixture, with a final DMSO concentration of 5%. Controls also contain a final DMSO concentration of 5%. The concentration of beta secretase enzyme in the reaction is varied, to give product concentrations with the linear range of the ELISA assay, about 125 to 2000 picomolar, after dilution. The reaction mixture also includes 20 millimolar sodium acetate, pH 4.5, 0.06% Triton X100, and is incubated at 37 degrees C for about 1 to 3 hours. Samples are then diluted in assay buffer (for example, 145.4 nanomolar sodium chloride, 9.51 millimolar sodium phosphate, 7.7 millimolar sodium azide, 0.05% Triton X405, 6g/liter bovine serum albumin, pH 7.4) to quench the reaction, then diluted further for immunoassay of the cleavage products.
Cleavage products can be assayed by ELISA. Diluted samples and standards are incubated in assay plates coated with capture antibody, for example, SW192, for about 24 hours at 4 degrees C. After washing in TTBS buffer (150 millimolar sodium chloride, 25 millimolar Tris, 0.05% Tween 20, pH 7.5), the samples are incubated with streptavidin-AP according to the manufacturer's instructions. After a one hour incubation at room temperature, the samples are washed in TTBS and incubated with fluorescent substrate solution A (31.2 g/liter 2 -amino-2 -methyl -1-propanol, 30 mg/liter, pH 9.5). Reaction with streptavidin-alkaline phosphate permits detection by fluorescence. Compounds that are effective inhibitors of beta-secretase activity demonstrate reduced cleavage of the substrate as compared to a control .
Example D Assays using Synthetic Oligopeptide-Substrates
Synthetic oligopeptides are prepared that incorporate the known cleavage site of beta-secretase, and optionally detectable tags, such as fluorescent or chro ogenic moieties. Examples of such peptides, as well as their production and detection methods are described in U.S. Patent No: 5,942,400, herein incorporated by reference. Cleavage products can be detected using high performance liquid chromatography, or fluorescent or chromogenic detection methods appropriate to the peptide to be detected, according to methods well known in the art.
By way of example, one such peptide has the sequence SEVNL-DAEF . [SEQ ID NO: 8] , and the cleavage site is between residues 5 and 6. Another preferred substrate has the sequence ADRGLTTRPGSGLTNIKTEEISEVNL-DAEF [SEQ ID NO: 9] , and the cleavage site is between residues 26 and 27.
These synthetic APP substrates are incubated in the presence of beta-secretase under conditions sufficient to result in beta-secretase mediated cleavage of the substrate. Comparison of the cleavage results in the presence of the compound inhibitor to control results provides a measure of the compound's inhibitory activity.
Example E
Inhibition of Beta-Secretase Activity - Cellular Assay An exemplary assay for the analysis of inhibition of beta-secretase activity utilizes the human embryonic kidney cell line HEKp293 (ATCC Accession No. CRL-1573) transfected with APP751 containing the naturally occurring double mutation Lys651Met52 to Asn651Leu652 (numbered for APP751) , commonly called the Swedish mutation and shown to overproduce A beta (Citron et al . , 1992, Nature 360:672-674), as described in U.S. Patent No. 5,604,102.
The cells are incubated in the presence/absence of the inhibitory compound (diluted in DMSO) at the desired concentration, generally up to 10 micrograms/ml . At the end of the treatment period, conditioned media is analyzed for beta-secretase activity, for example, by analysis of cleavage fragments. A beta can be analyzed by immunoassay, using specific detection antibodies. The enzymatic activity is measured in the presence and absence of the compound inhibitors to demonstrate specific inhibition of beta- secretase mediated cleavage of APP substrate.
Example F
Inhibition of Beta-Secretase in Animal Models of AD
Various animal models can be used to screen for inhibition of beta-secretase activity. Examples of animal models useful in the invention include, but are not limited to, mouse, guinea pig, dog, and the like. The animals used can be wild type, transgenic, or knockout models. In addition, mammalian models can express mutations in APP, such as APP695- SW and the like described herein. Examples of transgenic non- human mammalian models are described in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,604,102, 5,912,410 and 5 , 811 , 633.
PDAPP mice, prepared as described in Games et al . , 1995, Nature 373:523-527 are useful to analyze in vivo suppression of A beta release in the presence of putative inhibitory compounds. As described in U.S. Patent No. 6,191,166, 4 month old PDAPP mice are administered compound formulated in vehicle, such as corn oil. The mice are dosed with compound
(1-30 mg/ml ; preferably 1-10 mg/ml) . After time, e.g., 3-10 hours, the animals are sacrificed, and brains removed for analysis.
Transgenic animals are administered an amount of the compound inhibitor formulated in a carrier suitable for the chosen mode of administration. Control animals are untreated, treated with vehicle, or treated with an inactive compound. Administration can be acute, i.e., single dose or multiple doses in one day, or can be chronic, i.e., dosing is repeated daily for a period of days. Beginning at time 0, brain tissue or cerebral fluid is obtained from selected animals and analyzed for the presence of APP cleavage peptides, including A beta, for example, by immunoassay using specific antibodies for A beta detection. At the end of the test period, animals are sacrificed and brain tissue or cerebral fluid is analyzed for the presence of A beta and/or beta-amyloid plaques. The tissue is also analyzed for necrosis. Animals administered the compound inhibitors of the invention are expected to demonstrate reduced A beta in brain tissues or cerebral fluids and reduced beta amyloid plaques in brain tissue, as compared with non-treated controls.
Example G
Inhibition of A Beta Production in Human Patients
Patients suffering from Alzheimer's Disease (AD) demonstrate an increased amount of A beta in the brain. AD patients are administered an amount of the compound inhibitor formulated in a carrier suitable for the chosen mode of administration. Administration is repeated daily for the duration of the test period. Beginning on day 0, cognitive and memory tests are performed, for example, once per month. Patients administered the compound inhibitors are expected to demonstrate slowing or stabilization of disease progression as analyzed by changes in one or more of the following disease parameters: A beta present in CSF or plasma; brain or hippocampal volume; A beta deposits in the brain; amyloid plaque in the brain; and scores for cognitive and memory function, as compared with control, non-treated patients .
Example H Prevention of A Beta Production in Patients at Risk for AD
Patients predisposed or at risk for developing AD are identified either by recognition of a familial inheritance pattern, for example, presence of the Swedish Mutation, and/or by monitoring diagnostic parameters. Patients identified as predisposed or at risk for developing AD are administered an amount of the compound inhibitor formulated in a carrier suitable for the chosen mode of administration. Administration is repeated daily for the duration of the test period. Beginning on day 0, cognitive and memory tests are performed, for example, once per month.
Patients administered the compound inhibitors are expected to demonstrate slowing or stabilization of disease progression as analyzed by changes in one or more of the following disease parameters: A beta present in CSF or plasma; brain or hippocampal volume; amyloid plaque in the brain; and scores for cognitive and memory function, as compared with control, non-treated patients. CHEMISTRY EXAMPLES The following compounds are prepared essentially according to the procedures outlined above. All structures were named using Name Pro IUPAC Naming Software, version 6.00, available from Advanced Chemical Development, Inc., 90 Adelaide Street West, Toronto, Ontario, M5H 3V9, Canada.
Figure imgf000082_0001
Figure imgf000083_0001
Figure imgf000084_0001
Figure imgf000085_0001
Figure imgf000086_0001
methoxyphenyl) cyclopropyl] oxy}ρropyl) -5-methyl -N, N- dipropylisophthalamide
N' - ( (IS) -2-amino-l- (3, 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- { [1- (3- ethylphenyl) cyclopropyl] oxy}propyl) -5- (1, 3-oxazol-2- yl) -N, N-dipropylisophthalamide
N' - ( (IS) -2-amino-l- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3-{ [1- (3- ethylphenyl) cyclopropyl] oxy}propyl) - 5 -methyl -N, N- dipropylisophthalamide
N*- { (IS) -2-amino-l- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [ (3- ethylbenzyl) oxy] propyl }-6- (1,3 -oxazol -2 -yl) -N2 , ]^2- dipropylpyridine-2 , 4-dicarboxamide
Figure imgf000087_0001
-{ (IS) -2-amino-l- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [(3- ethylbenzyl) oxy] propyl} -6-methyl -N^ N2- dipropylpyridine-2 , -dicarboxamide
Figure imgf000087_0002
N2- { (IS) -2-amino-l- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [ (3- ethylbenzyl) oxy] propyl} -6- (1, 3-oxazol-2-yl) -N4 , Ni- dipropylpyridine-2 , -dicarboxamide
Figure imgf000088_0001
4675
N' -{ (IS) -2-amino-l- (3, 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [ (3- ethylbenzyl) oxy] ropyl} -N-butyl -N, 5- dimethylisophthalamide
Figure imgf000089_0001
N' - { (IS) -2-amino-l- (3 , 5-di luorobenzyl) -3- [(3- ethylbenzyl) oxy] propyl} -5- (1, 3 -oxazol-2-yl) -N,N- dipropylisophthalamide
Figure imgf000089_0002
N' - { (IS) -2-amino-l- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [(3- ethylbenzyl) oxy] propyl} - 5-methyl -N, N- dipropylisophthalamide
N' - { (IS) -2-amino-l- (3, 5-di luorobenzyl) -3- [ (6- ethylpyridin-2-yl) ethoxy} propyl } -5- (1, 3-oxazol-2-yl) N, N-dipropylisophthalamide
N' - { (IS) -2-amino-l- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [ (6- ethylpyridin-2-yl) methoxy] propyl} -5-methyl -N, N- dipropylisophthalamide
Figure imgf000090_0001
N' -{ (IS) -2-amino-l- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [ (4- ethylpyridin-2-yl) methoxy] propyl} -5- (1, 3-oxazol-2-yl) N, N-dipropylisophthalamide
Figure imgf000090_0002
N' -{ (IS) -2-amino-l- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [ (4- ethylpyridin-2-yl) ethoxy] ropyl } -5-methyl -N, N- dipropylisophthalamide
Figure imgf000090_0003
N' - { (IS) -2-amino-l- (3, 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [ (4- ethylpyri idin-2-yl) ethoxy] propyl} -5- (1, 3-oxazol-2- yl) -N, N-dipropylisophthalamide
Figure imgf000091_0001
49
Figure imgf000092_0001
N' - [ (IS) -2-amino-l- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- propoxypropyl] -5- (1, 3-oxazol-2-yl) -N, N- dipropylisophthalamide
50 N' - [ (IS) -2-amino-l- (3, 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- propoxypropy1] -5 -methyl -N, N-dipropylisophthalamide
51 N' - [ (IS) -2-amino-l- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- isobutoxypropyl] -5- (1, 3 -oxazol-2-yl) -N, N- dipropylisophthalamide
52 N' - [ (IS) -2-amino-l- (3, 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- isobutoxypropyl] - 5-methyl -N, N-dipropylisophthalamide
The invention has been described with reference to various specific and preferred embodiments and techniques. However, it should be understood that many variations and modifications may be made while remaining within the spirit and scope of the invention.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS
A compound of the formula:
Figure imgf000093_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester thereof; wherein X is O, S, NR2o, or NR20NR2o; wherein each R2o is H, Cι_6 alkyl or alkenyl, Ci- haloalkyl or C4-7 cycloalkyl; wherein Ri is - (CH2) ι-2-S (O) 0-2- (Cι-C6 alkyl), or
Ci-Cio alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, =0, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, -Ci-C3 alkoxy, amino, mono- or dialkylamino, -N(R) C (O) R' - , -OC (=0) -amino and
0C(=0)-mono- or dialkylamino, or C2-C6 alkenyl or C2-Ce alkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, C1-C3 alkoxy, amino, and mono- or dialkylamino, or aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, -Cι-C6 alkyl -aryl, -Cι-C3 alkyl-heteroaryl , or -Cι-C6 alkyl-heterocyclyl, where the ring portions of each are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -NRiosR'ios, -C02R, -
N(R)COR\ or -N(R)S02R', -C(=0) - (Cι-C4) alkyl, -S02- amino, -S02-mono or dialkylamino, -C (=0) -amino, -C(=0)-mono or dialkylamino, -S02- (C1-C4) alkyl, or Ci-Cg alkoxy optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups which are independently selected from halogen, or C^-Cη cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or
3 groups independently selected from halogen,
-OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, Ci-d alkoxy, amino, -Cι-C3 alkyl and mono- or dialkylamino, or Ci-Cio alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, -Ci-C3 alkoxy, amino, mono- or dialkylamino and -C1-C3 alkyl, or C2-Cιo alkenyl or C2-Cι0 alkynyl each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, Cι-C3 alkoxy, amino, Ci-C alkyl and mono- or dialkylamino; and the heterocyclyl group is optionally further substituted with oxo;
R and R' independently are hydrogen, C1-C10 alkyl, d-Cι0 alkylaryl or C1-C10 alkylheteroaryl ; wherein Rc is hydrogen, - (CR245R2so) 0-4-aryl, - (CR245R250) 0-4- heteroaryl, - (CR245R250) 0-4-heterocyclyl , - (CR245R25o) 0-4-aryl- heteroaryl, - (CR245R250) 0-4-aryl-heterocyclyl , - (CR245R250) 0-4- aryl-aryl, - (CR245R2S0) 0-4-heteroaryl-aryl , - (CR245R250) o-4~ heteroaryl-heterocyclyl, - (CR245R250) 0-4-heteroaryl- heteroaryl, - (CR245R250) 0-4-heterocyclyl-heteroaryl,
- (CR245R250) o-4-heterocyσlyl-heterocyclyl, - (CR245R250) 0-4- heterocyclyl-aryl, - [C (R255) (R260) ] 1-3-CO-N- (R25s) 2,
CH(aryl)2, -CH (heteroaryl) 2, -CH (heterocyclyl) 2, -CH(aryl) (heteroaryl), - (CH2) 0-ι-CH ( (CH2) 0-6-OH) - (CH2) 0-ι~ aryl, - (CH2) 0-1-CH ( (CH2) 0-s-OH- (CH3) 0-ι-heteroaryl, -CH(-aryl or -heteroaryl) -C0-0(Cι-C4 alkyl), -CH (-CH2-0H) -CH (OH) - phenyl-N02, (Cι-C6 alkyl) -O- (Ci-Cg alkyl) -OH; -CH2-NH-CH2- CH(-0-CH2-CH3)2, -(CH2)0-g-C(=NR235) (NR235R24o) , or C1-C10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of R205, -OC=ONR235R24o, -S(=0)o-2(Cι-Cs alkyl) , -SH,
Figure imgf000095_0001
and -S (=0) 2 R235R240, or
- (CH2) 0-3- (C3-C8) cycloalkyl wherein the cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of
R205, -C02H, and -C02- (Cι-C4 alkyl) , or cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or cycloheptyl ring fused to aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl wherein one, two or three carbons of the cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or cycloheptyl is optionally replaced with a heteroatom independently selected from NH, NR2ι5, O, or S (=0)0-2, and wherein the cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or cycloheptyl group can be optionally substituted with one or two groups that are independently R20s, =0, -CO-NR235R240, or -SO2- (C1-C4 alkyl) , or
C2-Cιo alkenyl or C2-Cι0 alkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R20s groups, wherein each aryl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R2oo, and wherein each heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R2ιo; t each occurrence is independently selected from -OH, -N02, halogen, -C02H, C≡N, - (CH2) o-4-CO-NR220R225, -(CH2) 0-4- CO- (Cι-Cι2 alkyl) , - (CH2) 0-4-CO- (C2-C12 alkenyl) , - (CH2) 0-4- CO- (C2-Ci2 alkynyl), - (CH2) 0-4-CO- (C3-C7 cycloalkyl),
(CH2)0-4-CO-aryl, - (CH2) 0_4-CO-heteroaryl , - (CH2) 0_4-CO- heterocyclyl , - (CH2) 0-4-CO-O-R2ιS, - (CH2) o-4-S02-NR220R22s, -
(CH2)o-4-SO-(Cι-C8 alkyl), - (CH2) 0-4-SO2- (C1-C12 alkyl), -
(CH2)o-4-S02- (C3-C7 cycloalkyl) , - (CH2) 0-4-N(H or R2ι5) -CO-O- R215, - (CH2) 0-4- (H or R2ι5) -CO-N (R215) 2, - (CH2) 0-4-N-CS-
N(R2i5)2, - (CH2) 0-4- (-H or R215) -CO- R220, - (CH2) 0-4-NR220R225,
- (CH2)0-4-O-CO- (Ci-Cg alkyl) , - (CH2) 0.4-O-P (0) - (OR240) 2,
- (CH2)o-4-0-CO-N(R215)2, - (CH2)o-4-0-CS-N(R2ι5)2, ~ (CH2)o-4-0- (R215) , ~ (CH2) 0-4-O- (R215) -COOH, - (CH2)o-4-S- (R2ι5) , - (CH2) 0- - O- (Ci-Cg alkyl optionally substituted with 1 , 2 , 3 , or 5 - F) , C3-C7 cycloalkyl , - (CH2) o-4-N (H or R215) -S02-R22o , - (CH2) o- 4- C3-C7 cycloalkyl , or
Ci-Cio alkyl optionally substituted with 1 , 2 , or 3 205 groups , or
C2-Cιo alkenyl or C2-Cι0 alkynyl , each of which is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R205 groups , wherein the aryl and heteroaryl groups at each occurrence are optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently R205, R2ιo, or
Cx-Cg alkyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently R2os or R2ι0, and wherein the heterocyclyl group at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently R2ιo; R205 at each occurrence is independently selected from Cι-C5 alkyl, halogen, -OH, -O-phenyl, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, Ci-Cg alkoxy, NH2, NH(d-C3 alkyl) or N- (Cι-C6 alkyl) (d-C6 alkyl) ;
R2ιo at each occurrence is independently selected from halogen, d-Cg alkoxy, d-d haloalkoxy, -NR220R22s, OH, C≡N, -CO- (Ci- C4 alkyl), -S02_NR235R24o, -CO-NR235R24o, -S02- (C1-C4 alkyl), =0, or Ci-Cg alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl or C3-C7 cycloalkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R205 groups; R215 at each occurrence is independently selected from Cι-C6 alkyl, - (CH2) 0-2- (aryl) , C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C3 alkynyl, C3_C7 cycloalkyl, and - (CH2) 0-2- (heteroaryl) , - (CH2) 0-2- (heterocyclyl) , wherein the aryl group at each occurrence is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently R2os or 2ιo, and wherein the heterocyclyl and heteroaryl groups at each occurrence are optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R2ιo; R220 and R225 at each occurrence are independently selected from -H, -d-d cycloalkyl, - (Cι-C2 alkyl) - (C3-C7 cycloalkyl), - (Ci-Cg alkyl) -O- (C1-C3 alkyl), -C2-C3 alkenyl, -C2-C6 alkynyl, -Ci-Cg alkyl chain with one double bond and one triple bond, -aryl, -heteroaryl, and -heterocyclyl, or -C1-C10 alkyl optionally substituted with -OH, -NH2 or halogen, wherein the aryl, heterocyclyl and heteroaryl groups at each occurrence are optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R270 groups R235 and R240 at each occurrence are independently H, or Cι-C6 al yl ; R245 and R250 at each occurrence are independently selected from -H, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkylaryl, d-C4 alkylheteroaryl, d- C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, Cι-C4 haloalkoxy, -(CH2)0-4~ C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C2-C3 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, and phenyl; or R245 and R250 are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a carbocycle of 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 carbon atoms, where one carbon atom is optionally replaced by a heteroatom selected from -O- , -S-, -S02~,
Figure imgf000097_0001
R255 and R2o at each occurrence are independently selected from -H, - (CH2)ι_2-S (0)0-2- (Ci-Cg alkyl), - (C1-C4 alkyl) -aryl, - (C1-C4 alkyl) -heteroaryl, - (C1-C4 alkyl) -heterocyclyl, aryl, -heteroaryl, -heterocyclyl, - (CH2) ι-4-R2gs- (CH2) 0-4~ aryl, - (CH2) ι-4-R2s5- (CH2) 0-4-heteroaryl, - (CH2) ι_4-R2g5- (CH2)o- 4-heterocyclyl, or
Ci-Cg alkyl, C2-C3 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl or - (CH2) 0-4-C3-C7 cycloalkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R20Ξ groups, wherein each aryl or phenyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently R2oS, R210, or Ci-C alkyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently R20s or R210, and wherein each heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R2ιo; R g5 at each occurrence is independently -0-, -S- or -N(d-C6 alkyl) - ; R270 at each occurrence is independently R20s, halogen Ci-Cg alkoxy, Cι-C6 haloalkoxy, NR235R24o, -OH, -C≡N, -CO- (Cj.-C4 alkyl) , .Sθ2-NR235R24o, -CO-NR235R240 , -S02- (C1-C4 alkyl) , =0, or
Ci-Cg alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl or - (CH2) 0-4-C3-C7 cycloalkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R20s groups; wherein Rn is R'100, -S02R'ιoo, - (CRR' ) ι-6R ' 100, -C (=0) - (CRR' ) 0- sRioo,
Figure imgf000098_0001
-C (=0) - (CRR- ) ι_s-S-R' 100,
-C (=0) - (CRR" ) 1-6-C (=0) -Rioo, -C (=0) - (CRR ' ) ι-β-SO2-R100;
-C (=0) - (CRR ' ) ι-6-NRιoo- ' 100 ; or γ,Z.χι.(CH2)n7~CHC(0)-
R4
R4 is selected from the group consisting of H; NH2; -NH-(CH2)n6- R4-1; -NHR8; -NR5oC(0)R5; C1-C4 alkyl -NHC (O) R5 ; -(CH2)0-4R8; -
O-C1-C4 alkanoyl; OH; C6-Cι0 aryloxy optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently halogen, Ci- d alkyl, -C02H, -C(0)-Cι-C4 alkoxy, or C1-C alkoxy; Cι-C6 alkoxy; aryl C1-C4 alkoxy; -NRs0CO2R5i; -C1-C4 alkyl - NR5oC02R5i; -C≡N; -CF3; -CF2-CF3; -C≡CH; -CH2-CH=CH2; - (CH2) 1-
4-R4-ι;-(CH2)ι-4-NH-R4-ι; -0- (CH2) nβ-R -ι; -S- (CH2) n6-R4_ι; (CH2) 0-4-NHC (O) - (CH2) 0-6-R52; ~ (CH2) 0-4-R53- (CH2) 0-4-R54; wherein ns is 0, 1, 2, or 3; n7 is 0, 1, 2, or 3;
R4-1 is selected from the group consisting of -S02- (Cι-C8 alkyl), -SO- (Cι-CB alkyl), -S- (Cι-C8 alkyl), -S-CO- (Ci-Cg alkyl), -S02-NR4-2R4-3; -CO-Cι-C2 alkyl; -CO-NR4-
Figure imgf000099_0001
R.2 and R4_3 are independently H, C1-C3 alkyl, or C3-C3 cycloalkyl ,- R4-4 is alkyl, arylalkyl, alkanoyl, or arylalkanoyl; R4-6 is-H or Ci-C alkyl;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of C3-C7 cycloalkyl; Ci-C alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently halogen, -NRSR7, C1-C4 alkoxy, C5-C3 heterocycloalkyl, C5-C6 heteroaryl, Cg-Cι0 aryl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl C1-C4 alkyl, -S-C1-C4 alkyl, -S02-d-C4 alkyl, -C02H, -CONRsR7, - C02-Cι-C alkyl, C6-Cι0 aryloxy; heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, halogen, d- d haloalkyl, or OH; heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C alkoxy, halogen, or C2-C4 alkanoyl; aryl optionally substituted with 1, 2 , 3 , or 4 groups that are independently halogen,
OH, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, or C1-C4 haloalkyl; and -NR6R7; wherein
R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, Cι-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkanoyl, phenyl, -S02-Ci-C4 alkyl, phenyl C1-C4 alkyl;
R8 is selected from the group consisting of -S02- heteroaryl, -S02-aryl, -S02-heterocycloalkyl , -S02-Cι~ C10 alkyl, -C(0)NHR9, heterocycloalkyl, -S-Ci-d alkyl, -S-C2-C4 alkanoyl, wherein R9 is aryl C1-C4 alkyl, Cι-C6 alkyl, or H;
R50 is H or Cι-C3 alkyl;
R51 is selected from the group consisting of aryl C1-C4 alkyl; Cι-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently halogen, cyano, heteroaryl, -NR6R7, -C(0)NRGR7, C3-C cycloalkyl, or -C1-C4 alkoxy; heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups that are independently d-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, halogen, C2- d alkanoyl, aryl C1-C4 alkyl, and -S02 C1-C4 alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently OH, d- C4 alkyl, d-C4 alkoxy, halogen, NH2, NH(Cι-C6 alkyl) or N(Cι-C6 alkyl) (Ci-Cg alkyl); heteroarylalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently C1-C4 alkyl, Cι-C4 alkoxy, halogen, NH2, NH(Cι-d alkyl) or N(Cι-C6 alkyl) (Ci-Cg alkyl); aryl; heterocycloalkyl; C3-C8 cycloalkyl; and cycloalkylalkyl; wherein the aryl; heterocycloalkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 groups that are independently halogen, CN, N02, Ci- alkyl, Ci-Cg alkoxy, C2-C6 alkanoyl, Ci- haloalkyl, Ci-Cg haloalkoxy, hydroxy, Ci-Cg hydroxyalkyl, Cx-Cg alkoxy Ci-Cg alkyl, Ci- thioalkoxy, Ci-Cg thioalkoxy d-C6 alkyl, or Cι-C6 alkoxy Ci-Cg alkoxy;
R52 is heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl, aryl, cycloalkyl,
-S(0)0-2-Ci-Cg alkyl, C02H, -C(0)NH2, -C (O)NH (alkyl) ,
-C (O)N (alkyl) (alkyl) , -C02-alkyl, -NHS (0) 0-2-Cι-C6 alkyl, -N (alkyl) S (O) 0- -Cι- alkyl, -S(O)0-2- heteroaryl, -S (O) 0-2-aryl, -NH (arylalkyl) , -N(alkyl) (arylalkyl), thioalkoxy, or alkoxy, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently alkyl, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, alkanoyl, N02, CN, alkoxycarbonyl, or aminocarbonyl; R53 is absent, -O- , -C(O)-, -NH- , -N(alkyl)-, -NH-S (0) 0-2- , -N (alkyl) -S (0)0-2-, -S (0) 0-2-NH- , -S (0) 0-2- N (alkyl)-, -NH-C(S)-, or -N(alkyl) -C(S) -; R54 is heteroaryl, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, C02H, -C02- lkyl, -C (0) NH (alkyl) , -C (O)N(alkyl) (alkyl), -C(0)NH2, Cι-C8 alkyl, OH, aryloxy, alkoxy, arylalkoxy, NH2, NH (alkyl), N (alkyl) (alkyl), or -d- Ce alkyl -C02-Cι-C6 alkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently alkyl, alkoxy, C02H, -C02-alkyl, thioalkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkanoyl, N02, CN, alkoxycarbonyl, or aminocarbonyl ;
X' is selected from the group consisting of -Cι-C3 alkylidenyl optionally optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 methyl groups; and -NR4-g-; or R4 and R~g combine to form -(CH2)nιo-, wherein
Figure imgf000101_0001
Z is selected from the group consisting of a bond; S02; SO; S; and C(0) ; Y is selected from the group consisting of H; Cι-C haloalkyl; C5-C6 heterocycloalkyl; C3-Cι0 aryl; OH; -N(Yι) (Y2); Cι-Cι0 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 thru 3 substituents which can be the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, and haloalkoxy; C3-C8 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from C1-C3 alkyl, and halogen; alkoxy; aryl optionally substituted with halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, CN or N02; arylalkyl optionally substituted with halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, CN or N02; wherein
Yi and Y2 are the same or different and are H; Ci-Cio alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, Cι-C4 alkoxy, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, and OH; C2-C3 alkenyl; C2-C6 alkanoyl; phenyl; -S02-Cι-d alkyl; phenyl Cι-C4 alkyl; or C3-C8 cycloalkyl d~C4 alkyl; or Yi, Y2 and the nitrogen to which they are attached form a ring selected from the group consisting of piperazinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, and pyrolidinyl, wherein each ring is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently Cι-C6 alkyl, Cι-C6 alkoxy, Ci-C alkoxy Cι-C6 alkyl, or halogen; Rioo and R'ι0o independently represent aryl, heteroaryl, -aryl- W-aryl, -aryl -W-heteroaryl, -aryl-W-heterocyclyl, -heteroaryl-W-aryl , -heteroaryl-W-heteroaryl , -heteroaryl -W- heterocyclyl, -heterocyclyl-W-aryl, -heterocyclyl-W-heteroaryl , -heterocyclyl -W-heterocyclyl , -CH [ (CHa) o-2-O-Rιso] - (CH2) o-2-aryl , -CH [ (CH2) 0-2-O-R150] - (CH2) 0- 2-heterocyclyl or -CH [ (CH2) 0-2-O-R150] - (CH2) 0-2-heteroaryl, where the ring portions of each are optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from
-OR, -N02, halogen, -C≡N, -OCF3/ -CF3, -(CH2)o-4-0-
P(=0) (OR) (OR') , -(CH2)o-4-CO-NRιoSR'ιos, -(CH2)0-4-O-
(CH2) 0-4-CONR102R102 ' , - (CH2) 0-4-CO- (C1-C12 alkyl) , - (CH2) 0- 4-CO-(C2-Ci2 alkenyl) , - (CH2) o-4-CO- (C2-C12 alkynyl) ,
-(CH2) 0-4-CO- (CH2) 0-4 (d-C7 cycloalkyl), - (CH2) 0-4-R110,
- (CH2) 0-4-R120/ - (CH2) 0-4-R130, - (CH2) 0-4-CO-R110, - (CH2) 0-4- CO-Ri2o, -(CH2)o-4-CO~Ri3o, - (CH2) O-4-CO-R14O, -(CH2)0-4- CO-0-Rιso, - (CH2)o-4-S02-NRι05R'ιo5, - (CH2) 0-4-SO- (Cι-CB alkyl) , - (CH2)0-4-SO2- (d~C12 alkyl) , - (CH2) 0-4-S02-
(CH2)o-4-(C3-C7 cycloalkyl) , - (CH2) 0-4-N (R150) -CO-0-R150,
- (CH2) 0-4-N (Riso) -CO-N (Riso) 2, - (CH2) 0-4-N (R150) -CS- N (Riso) 2, -(CH2) 0-4- (Riso) -CO-Rios, - (CH2) 0-4-NR105 ' 105, -(CH2)0-4-Ri40, -(CH2)o-4-0-CO-(Ci-Ce alkyl) , -(CH2)0-4-O- P(0)-(0-Ruo)2, -(CH2)0-4-0-CO-N(Ri5o)2, - (CH2) 0-4-O-CS-
N (Riso) 2, - (CH2) 0-4-O- (Riso) , - (CH2) o-4-0-RιSo ' -COOH, (CH2)o-4-S-(Rιso) , -(CH2) 0-4-N (Riso) -S02-Rιos, - (CH2) 0-4-
C3-C7 cycloalkyl, (C2-Cιo) alkenyl, or (C2-Cι0) alkynyl, or Rioo is Ci-Cio alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 Rus groups, or Rioo is - (Ci-Cg alkyl) -O-Ci-Cg alkyl) or - (Cι-C6 alkyl) -S- (Ci-Cg alkyl) , each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2 , or 3 Rus groups, or
Rioo is C3-C8 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3
Rus groups; W is -(CH2)0-4-, -0-, -S(O)0-2-, -N(Ri35)-, -CR(OH)- or -C(O)-; Rιo2 and RX02 ' independently are hydrogen, or Ci-Cio alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently halogen, aryl or -Ruo; Rio5 and R'ιo5 independently represent -H, -Ruo, -Ri2o, d-C7 cycloalkyl, - (Cι-C2 alkyl) - (C3-C7 cycloalkyl), - (Ci- alkyl) -O- (Cx-C3 alkyl), C2-C5 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, or Ci- C6 alkyl chain with one double bond and one triple bond, or
Ci-Cg alkyl optionally substituted with -OH or -NH2; or, Ci-Cg alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, or Rιo5 and 'IOS together with the atom to which they are attached form a 3 to 7 me bered carbocylic ring, where one member is optionally a heteratom selected from -0-, -S(O)0-2-, - N(R13s)-, the ring being optionally substituted with 1, 2 or three R10 groups ; Rus at each occurrence is independently halogen, -OH, -CO2R102, -Ci-Cg thioalkoxy, -C02-phenyl, -NRι0sR'ι3s, -S02- (Cι-C8 alkyl), -C(=O)R180, Riso, -CONRι05R ' 105, -SO2NRι05R' 105, -NH-CO- (C1-C5 alkyl), -NH-C (=0) -OH, -NH-C (=0) -OR, -NH-C(=0)-0- phenyl, -O-C (=0) - (Ci-Cg alkyl), -O-C (=0) -amino, -0-C(=0)- mono- or dialkylamino, -O-C (=0) -phenyl, -0- (Ci-Cg alkyl) - C02H, -NH-S02- (Cι-C6 alkyl), Ci-Cg alkoxy or Ci-Cg haloalkoxy; Ri3s is Cι-C3 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C3.C7 cycloalkyl, - (CH2) 0-2- (aryl) , - (CH2) 0-2- (heteroaryl) , or -
(CH2) 0-2- (heterocyclyl) ;
Ri4o is heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected .from Ci-Cg alkyl, Ci-Cg alkoxy, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, amino, mono(Cι- d) alkylamino, di (Ci-d) alkylamino, C2-C3 alkenyl, C2-Cε alkynyl, Ci-Cg haloalkyl, Ci-Cg haloalkoxy, amino (Ci-
C6) alkyl, mono (d-C6) alkylamino (Ci-Cg) alkyl, di (Ci- Cs) alkylamino (Ci-Cg) alkyl, and =0;
Riso is hydrogen, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, - (Ci-d alkyl) - (C3-C7 cycloalkyl) , C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C5 alkynyl, Cι-C6 alkyl with one double bond and one triple bond, -Ruo, -R120, or Ci-C alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from -OH, -NH2, C1-C3 alkoxy, Ruo, and halogen; Riso' is d-C cycloalkyl, - (C1-C3 alkyl) - (C3-C7 cycloalkyl), C2- Cs alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, Ci-C alkyl with one double bond and one triple bond, -Ruo, -R120, or Ci-Cg alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from -OH, -NH2, Cι-C3 alkoxy, Ruo, and halogen; Riso is selected from morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, homomorpholinyl, homothiomorpholinyl, homothiomorpholinyl S-oxide, homothiomorpholinyl S,S-dioxide, pyrrolinyl and pyrrolidinyl , each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from Ci- C6 alkyl, Ci-C alkoxy, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, amino, mono (Cι-C6) alkylamino, di (Cι-C3) alkylamino, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2~d alkynyl, Cι-C6 haloalkyl, Cι-C6 haloalkoxy, amino (Ci-Cg) alkyl, mono (Cι-C6) alkylamino (Ci-Cg) alkyl , di (Cx- C6) alkylamino (Cι-C6) alkyl , and =0; Ruo is aryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R125 groups; R125 at each occurrence is independently halogen, amino, mono- or dialkylamino, -OH, -C≡N, -S02-NH2, -S02-NH-Cι-C6 alkyl, -S02-N(Cι-C6 alkyl) 2, -S02- (C1-C4 alkyl), -CO-NH2, -CO-NH- Ci-Cg alkyl, or -CO-N(d-Cg alkyl) 2, or Ci-Cg alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl or C2-C6 alkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently selected from Cι-C3 alkyl, halogen, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, C1-C3 alkoxy, amino, and mono- and dialkylamino, or Ci-Cg alkoxy optionally substituted with one, two or three of halogen; R120 is heteroaryl, which is optionally substituted with 1 or 2
R125 groups; and Ri3o is heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 1 or ' 2 R125 groups;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of H; Cι-C6 alkyl, optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents that are independently selected from the group consisting of
Ci-d alkyl, halogen, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, Cι~C3 alkoxy, and - Rι_a ι-b; wherein
Rι-a and Ri-b are -H or Cι-C6 alkyl;
- (CH2) 0-4-aryl; - (CH2) 0-4-heteroaryl; C-C6 alkenyl; C2-C6 alkynyl; -CONRN-2RN-3; -S02NRN-2RN-3; -C02H; and -C02- (C1-C4 alkyl) ; R3 is selected from the group consisting of H; d-C6 alkyl, optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Cι-C3 alkyl, halogen, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, Cι-C3 alkoxy, and - Ri-aRi-b; - (CH2) 0-4-aryl; - (CH2) 0-4-heteroaryl; C2-C6 alkenyl; d-d alkynyl; -CO-NRN-2RN-3; -S02-NRN_2RN-3; -C02H; and - CO- O- (C1-C4 alkyl) ; wherein
RN-2 and RK-3 at each occurrence are independently selected from the group consisting of -Cι-CB alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH2, phenyl and halogen; -C3-C8 cycloalkyl; - (Cι-C2 alkyl) - (C3-C8 cycloalkyl); - (Cι-C6 alkyl) -0- (Cι-C3 alkyl); -C2-C6 alkenyl; -C2-C6 alkynyl; -Cι-C6 alkyl chain with one double bond and one triple bond; aryl; heteroaryl; heterocycloalkyl; or
RN-2, RN-3 and the nitrogen to which they are attached form a 5, 6, or 7 membered heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl group, wherein said heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl group is optionally fused to a benzene, pyridine, or pyrimidine ring, and said groups are unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that at each occurrence are independently Ci-Cg alkyl, Ci- alkoxy, halogen, halo
Ci-Cg alkyl, halo d- alkoxy, -CN, -N02, -NH2, NH(Cι-
C6 alkyl), N(d-Cg alkyl) (Ci-Cg alkyl), -OH, -C(0)NH2,
-C(0)NH(Cx-Cg alkyl), -C(0)N(C1-C6 alkyl) (Ci-Cg alkyl), Ci- alkoxy Ci-C alkyl, Ci-Cg thioalkoxy, and Ci-Cg thioalkoxy Ci- alkyl; or wherein,
R2, R3 and the carbon to which they are attached form a carbocycle of three thru seven carbon atoms, wherein one carbon atom is optionally replaced by a group selected from-O- , -S-, -S02-, or -NRN-2-.
2. A compound according to claim 1, wherein Rn is -
Figure imgf000106_0001
3. A compound according to claim 1, wherein Rn is C (=0) - (CRR' ) o-εRioo, where R100 is not -heterocyclyl-W-aryl .
4. A compound according to claim 1, wherein Rn is
Y'ZsX'-CHC(0)- NH2 wherein X' is d-d alkylidenyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 methyl groups; or -NR4-6-, where R-g is-H or Ci-Cg alkyl ; or
R and R-S combine to form -(CH2)nι0-, wherein ni0 is 1, 2, 3, or 4; Z is selected from a bond; S02; SO; S; and C (O) ;
Y is selected from H; Ci- haloalkyl; C5-C6 heterocycloalkyl containing at least one N, 0, or S; phenyl;
OH; -N(Yι) (Y2) ; Ci-Cio alkyl optionally substituted with 1 thru
3 substituents which can be the same or different and are selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, and haloalkoxy; C3-CB cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2 , or 3 groups independently selected from Cι-C3 alkyl, and halogen; alkoxy; phenyl optionally substituted with halogen, d-C alkyl, Cι-C4 alkoxy, CN or N02; phenyl Cι-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy,
CN or N02; wherein
Y_ and Y2 are the same or dif ferent and are H; C1-C10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 , 2 , or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C4 alkoxy, C3-C8 cycloalkyl , and OH; C2-C6 alkenyl ; C2 -Ce alkanoyl ; phenyl ; -S02 -
Cι-C4 alkyl ; phenyl d-C alkyl ; and C3-C8 cycloalkyl C1-C4 alkyl ; or
-N(Yι) (Y2) forms a ring selected from piperazinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, and pyrolidinyl, wherein each ring is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or
4 groups that are independently Ci- alkyl, Ci-Cg alkoxy, Ci-C alkoxy Cα-Cg alkyl, or halogen.
5. A compound according to claim 1 wherein Rx is (CH2)nι- (Ri-aryi) where nx is zero or one and Ri-ayi is phenyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from Ci-C alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of Cι-C3 alkyl, halogen, -OH, -SH, -NRι_aRι-b, -C≡N, -CF3, and Cι-C3 alkoxy; halogen; Ci-C alkoxy; -NRN_2RN-3 ; and OH; wherein Ri-a and Ri-b are -H or Cι-C5 alkyl;
RN-2 and RN-3 at each occurrence are independently selected from the group consisting of -Cι-C8 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH2, phenyl and halogen; -C3-C8 cycloalkyl; - (Cι-C2 alkyl) -
(C3-CB cycloalkyl); - (Cι-C6 alkyl) -O- (C1-C3 alkyl); - d- alkenyl; -C2-C3 alkynyl; -d-Ce alkyl chain with one double bond and one triple bond; aryl; heteroaryl; heterocycloalkyl; or
RN-2, RN-3 and the nitrogen to which they are attached form a 5 , 6 , or 7 membered heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl group, wherein said heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl group is optionally fused to a benzene, pyridine, or pyrimidine ring, and said groups are unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that at each occurrence are independently Ci-d alkyl, Cι-C3 alkoxy, halogen, halo Ci- alkyl, halo Ci-Cg alkoxy, -CN, -N02, -NH2, NH(Cι-Cg alkyl), N(Cι-C3 alkyl) (Cι-C5 alkyl), -OH, -C(0)NH2, -C (O) NH (Ci-Cg alkyl), -C(0)N(Cι-C6 alkyl) (d-d alkyl), Ci-Cg alkoxy Ci-Cg alkyl, Ci-C thioalkoxy, and Ci-Cg thioalkoxy Ci-Cg alkyl.
6. A compound according to claim 5, wherein Rx is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, -Cι-C6 alkyl-aryl, -Cι-C6 alkyl- heteroaryl, or -Ci-Cg alkyl-heterocyclyl , where the ring portions of each are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, - N02, -NRiosR' os, -C02R, -N(R)COR\ or -N(R)S02R' (where R105, R'105, R and R' are as defined above), -C(=0) - (d-C4) alkyl, -S02-amino, -S02-tnono or dialkylamino, -C (=0) -amino, ~C(=0)- mono or dialkylamino, -S0- (Cι-C ) alkyl, or
Ci-Cg alkoxy optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups which are independently selected from halogen, or
C3-C7 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or
3 groups independently selected from halogen,
-OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, Cι-C3 alkoxy, amino, -Ci-C alkyl and mono- or dialkylamino, or Ci-Cio alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, -Ci-d alkoxy, amino, mono- or dialkylamino and -Cι-C3 alkyl, or C2-C10 alkenyl or C2-Cι0 alkynyl each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, Cι-C3 alkoxy, amino, Ci-Cg alkyl and mono- or dialkylamino; and the heterocyclyl group is optionally further substituted with oxo .
7. A compound according to claim 6, wherein Ri is -Ci-Cg alkyl -aryl, -Cα-C6 alkyl-heteroaryl , or -Ci-Cg alkyl-heterocyclyl , where the ring portions of each are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -N02, -NRiosR'ios, -C02R, -N(R)COR', or -N(R)S02R' (where Rios, R'105, and R' are as defined above), -C(=0) - (C1-C4) alkyl, -S02-amino, -S02- ono or dialkylamino, -C (=0) -amino, -C(=0)-mono or dialkylamino, -S02- (Cι-C4) alkyl, or
Ci-Cg alkoxy optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups which are independently selected from halogen, or C3-C7 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or
3 groups independently selected from halogen,
-OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, C1-C3 alkoxy, amino, -Cι-C6 alkyl and mono- or dialkylamino, or
C1-C10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, -Cι-C3 alkoxy, amino, mono- or dialkylamino and -C1-C3 alkyl, or -Cio alkenyl or C2-Cι0 alkynyl each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, Cι-C3 alkoxy, amino, Cι-C6 alkyl and mono- or dialkylamino; and the heterocyclyl group is optionally further substituted with oxo.
8. A compound according to claim 7, wherein Ri is -(CH2)-aryl, - (CH2) -heteroaryl , or - (CH2) -heterocyclyl, where the ring portions of each are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -N02, NRiosR'ios, -C02R, -N(R)COR', or -N(R)S02R' (where R105, R'105, R and R' are as defined above), -C (=0) - (Cx-C4) alkyl, -S02-amino, -S02-mono or dialkylamino, -C(=0)- amino, -C(=0)-mono or dialkylamino, -S02- (C1-C4) alkyl , or Ci-Cg alkoxy optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups which are independently selected from halogen, or
C3-C7 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen,
-OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, Cι~C3 alkoxy, amino, -Cι-C6 alkyl and mono- or dialkylamino, or
Ci-Cio alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, -Cι-C3 alkoxy, amino, mono- or dialkylamino and -Cι-C3 alkyl, or 2-Cιo alkenyl or C2-Cι0 alkynyl each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, -OH, -SH, -C≡N, -CF3, Cι-C3 alkoxy, amino, Cι-C6 alkyl and mono- or dialkylamino; and the heterocyclyl group is optionally further substituted with oxo.
9. A compound according to claim 8, wherein Ri is
-CH2-phenyl or -CH2-pyridmyl where the ring portions of each are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups independently selected from halogen, C1-C4 alkoxy, hydroxy, -N02, and C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from halogen,
OH, SH, NH2, NH(Cι-C6 alkyl), N- (Ci-Cg alkyl) (C_.-C6 alkyl) , C≡N, CF3.
10. A compound according to claim 9, wherein Rx is
-CH2-phenyl or -CH2-pyridinyl where the phenyl or pyridinyl rings are each optionally substituted with 1 or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, Cι-C2 alkyl, Cχ-C2 alkoxy, hydroxy, -CF3, and -N02.
11. A compound according to claim 10, wherein Rx is -CH2- phenyl where the phenyl ring is optionally substituted with 2 groups independently selected from halogen, Cι-C2 alkyl, Cι-C2 alkoxy, hydroxy, and -N02.
12. A compound according to claim 11, wherein Rx is is benzyl , or 3 , 5-difluorobenzyl .
13. A compound according to claim 1, wherein X is 0.
14. A compound according to claim 1, X is S.
15. A compound according to claim 1, X is NR20.
16. A compound according to claim 1, X is NR20NR20 ■
17. A compound according to claim 1 selected from the group consisting of:
N' -{ (IS) -2-amino-l- (3, 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [ (3- ethylbenzyl ) oxy] propyl } -N, N-dipropylisophthalamide ;
N' -{ (IS) -2-amino-l- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [ (3- ethylbenzyl) oxy] propyl } -5-methyl -N, N- dipropylisophthalamide ;
N' -{ (IS) -2-amino-l- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [ (3- ethylbenzyl) oxy] ropyl } -5-bromo -N, N- dipropylisophthalamide;
N' -{ (IS) -2-amino-l- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [ (3- ethylbenzyl) oxy] propyl} - 5 -cyano-N, N- dipropylisophthalamide;
N' -{ (IS) -2-amino-l- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [ (3- ethylbenzyl) oxy] propyl}-5- (1, 3-oxazol-2-yl) -N, N- dipropylisophthalamide;
N' -{ (IS) -2-amino-l- (3, 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [ (3- ethylbenzyl) oxy] propyl } -N, N-dip opyl-5- (1,3-thiazol-2- yl) isophthalamide;
N' -{ (IS) -2-amino-l- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [ (3- ethylbenzyl) oxy] propyl } -5-ethynyl -N, N- dipropylisophthalamide ;
N' - { (IS) -2-amino-l- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [ (3- ethylbenzyl) oxy] propyl } -5-ethyl -N, N- dipropylisophthalamide;
N3 - { (IS) -2-amino-l- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [ (3- ethylbenzyl) oxy] propyl } -N^ N^dipropylbenzene- l , 3 , 5- tricarboxa ide;
N' -{ (IS) -2-amino-l- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [ (3- ethylbenzyl) oxy] propyl }-5- [ (dimethylamino) ethyl] -N, N- dipropylisophthalamide ;
N' - { (IS) -2-amino-l- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [ (3- ethynylbenzyl) oxy] propyl} -5- (1, 3 -oxazol -2-yl) -N, N- dipropylisophthalamide ,-
N' -{ (IS) -2-amino-l- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [ (3- ethynylbenzyl) oxy] propyl } -5-methyl -N, N- dipropylisophthalamide ;
N' - ( (IS) -2-amino-l- (3, 5-difluorobenzyl) -3-{ [3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] oxy}propyl) -5- (1, 3-oxazol-2-yl) - N, N-dipropylisophthalamide ;
N' - ( (IS) -2-amino-l- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3-{ [3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] oxy}propyl) -5-methyl -N, N- dipropylisophthalamide;
N' -{ (IS) -2-amino-l- (3, 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [ (3- isopropylbenzyl) oxy] propyl} -5- (1, 3-oxazol-2-yl) -N, N- dipropylisophthalamide;
N' - { (IS) -2-amino-l- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [ (3- isopropylbenzyl) oxy] ropyl} -5 -methyl -N, N- dipropylisophthalamide ;
N' -{ (IS) -2-amino-l- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [ (3- methoxybenzyl) oxy] propyl }-5- (1, 3 -oxazol-2 -yl) -N, N- dipropylisophthalamide;
N' -{ (IS) -2-amino-l- (3 , 5-difluoroben2yl) -3- [ (3- methoxybenzyl) oxy] propyl } -5-methyl -N, N- dipropylisophthalamide;
N' - ( (IS) -2-amino-l- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3-{ [1- (3- ethynylphenyl) cyclopropyl] oxy}propyl) -5- (1, 3-oxazol-2- yl) -N, N-dipropylisophthalamide ;
N' - ( (IS) -2-amino-l- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3-{ [1- (3- ethynylphenyl) cyclopropyl] oxy}propyl) -5-methyl -N, N- dipropylisophthalamide ;
N' - [ (IS) -2-amino-l- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- ({l- [3- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl] cyclopropyl}oxy) propyl] -5- (1,3- oxazol-2-yl) -N, N-dipropylisophthalamide ;
N' - [ (IS) -2-amino-l- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- ({l- [3- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl] cyclopropyl}oxy) propyl] -5- methyl-N, N-dipropylisophthalamide ;
N' - ( (IS) -2-amino-l- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3-{ [1- (3- isopropylphenyl) cyclopropyl] oxy}propyl) -5- (1, 3-oxazol-2- yl) -N, N-dipropylisophthal mide;
N' - ( (IS) -2-amino-l- (3, 5-difluorobenzyl) -3-{ [1- (3- isopropylphenyl) cyclopropyl] oxy}propyl) -5 -methyl -N, N- dipropylisophthalamide;
N' - ( (IS) -2-amino-l- (3, 5-difluorobenzyl) -3-{ [1- (3- methoxyphenyl) cyclopropyl] oxyjpropyl) -5- (1, 3-oxazol-2- yl) -N, N-dipropylisophthalamide ;
N' - ( (IS) -2-amino-l- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3-{ [1- (3- methoxyphenyl) cyclopropyl] oxy}propyl) -5 -methyl -N, N- dipropylisophthalamide;
N' - ( (IS) -2-amino-l- (3, 5-difluorobenzyl) -3-{ [1- (3- ethylphenyl) cyclopropyl] oxy} ropyl) -5- (1, 3-oxazol-2-yl) - N, N-dipropylisophthalamide ;
N' - ( (IS) -2-amino-l- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3-{ [1- (3- ethylphenyl) cyclopropyl] oxy}propyl) -5 -methyl -N, N- dipropylisophthalamide; N*- { (IS) -2-amino-l- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [ (3- ethylbenzyl) oxy] propyl } -6- (1,3 -oxazol-2-yl) -N2 , N2- dipropylpyridine-2 , 4-dicarboxamide ; i\74-{ (IS) -2-amino-l- (3, 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [ (3- ethylbenzyl) oxy] propyl} - 6-methyl -N2 , N^-dipropylpyridine- 2 , 4-dicarboxamide;
N2- { (IS) -2-amino-l- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [ (3- ethylbenzyl) oxy] propyl} -6- (1, 3 -oxazol-2 -yl) -N4 , ^- dipropylpyridine-2 , 4-dicarboxamide;
N2 - ! (IS) -2-amino-l- (3, 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [ (3- e hylben2yl) oxy] propyl} -6-methyl -i , N4-dipropylpyridine- 2, 4-dicarboxamide;
N' -{ (IS) -2-amino-l- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [ (3- ethylbenzyl) oxy] propyl} -N-ethyl -5- (1, 3 -oxazol -2 -yl) -N- propylisophthalamide;
N' -{ (IS) -2-amino-l- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [ (3- ethylbenzyl) oxy] ropyl } -N-ethyl-5-methyl -N- propylisophthalamide;
N' -{ (IS) -2-amino-l- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [ (3- ethylbenzyl) oxy] ropyl} -N-butyl -N-methyl -5 - (1, 3 -oxazol- 2-yl) isophthalamide;
N' -{ (IS) -2-amino-l- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [(3- ethylbenzyl) oxy] propyl } -N-butyl -N, 5- dimethylisophthalamide;
N' -{ (IS) -2-amino-l- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [ (3- ethylbenzyl) oxy] propyl} -5- (1, 3 -oxazol-2-yl) -N, N- dipropylisophthalamide ;
N' -{ (IS) -2-amino-l- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [ (3- ethylbenzyl) oxy] propyl} -5-methyl -N, N- dipropylisophthala ide ;
N' -{ (IS) -2-amino-l- (3, 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [ (6- ethylpyridin-2-yl) methoxy] ropyl } -5- (1, 3 -oxazol-2-yl) - N, N-dipropylisophthalamide ;
N' - { (IS) -2-amino-l- (3, 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [ (6- ethylpyridin-2-yl) methoxy]propyl} -5-methyl -N, N- dipropylisophthalamide;
N' -{ (IS) -2-amino-l- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [ (4- ethylpyridin-2 -yl)methoxy] propyl} -5- (1 , 3-oxazol-2-yl) - N, N-dipropylisophthalamide ;
N' -{ (IS) -2-amino-l- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [ (4- ethylpyridin-2 -yl) methoxy] propyl} -5-methyl -N, N- dipropylisophthalamide ;
N' -{ (IS) -2-amino-l- (3, 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [ (4- ethylpyrimidin-2-yl) methoxy] propyl} -5- (1 , 3-oxazol-2-yl) - N, N-dipropylisophthalamide ;
N' -{ (IS) -2-amino-l- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- [ (4- ethylpyrimidin-2 -yl) methoxy] propyl } - 5-methyl-N, N- dipropylisophthalamide;
N' - [ (IS) -2-amino-3-butoxy-l- (3,5- difluorobenzyl) propyl] -5- (1, 3-oxazol-2-yl) -N, N- dipropylisophthala ide;
N' - [ (IS) ~2-amino-3-butoxy-l- (3,5- difluorobenzyl) ropyl] -5-methyl -N, N- dipropylisophthalamide;
N' - [ (IS) -2-amino-l- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- (3- ethylbutoxy) propyl] -5- (1,3-oxazol-2-yl) -N, N- dipropylisophthalamide ;
N' - [ (IS) -2-amino-l- (3, 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- (3- methylbutoxy) propyl] -5 -methyl -N, N- dipropylisophthalamide ;
N' - [ (IS) -2-amino-l- (3, 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- propoxypropyl] -5- (1, 3 -oxazol-2-yl) -N, N- dipropylisophthalamide;
N' - [ (IS) -2-amino-l- (3 , 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- propoxypropyl] -5-methyl -N, N-dipropylisophthalamide;
N' - [ (IS) -2-amino-l- (3, 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- isobutoxypropyl] -5- (1, 3-oxazol-2-yl) -N, N- dipropylisophthalamide; and N' - [ (IS) -2-amino-l- (3, 5-difluorobenzyl) -3- isobutoxypropyl] -5 -methyl -N, N-dipropylisophthalamide .
18. A method of treating a patient who has, or in preventing a patient from getting, a disease or condition selected from the group consisting of Alzheimer's disease, for helping prevent or delay the onset of Alzheimer's disease, for treating patients with mild cognitive impairment (MCI) and preventing or delaying the onset of Alzheimer's disease in those who would progress from MCI to AD, for treating Down's syndrome, for treating humans who have Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch-Type, for treating cerebral amyloid angiopathy and preventing its potential consequences, i.e. single and recurrent lobar hemorrhages, for treating other degenerative dementias, including dementias of mixed vascular and degenerative origin, dementia associated with Parkinson's disease, dementia associated with progressive supranuclear palsy, dementia associated with cortical basal degeneration, diffuse Lewy body type of Alzheimer's disease and who is in need of such treatment which comprises administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound selected from the group consisting of a substituted aminoalcohol of the formula (I) , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester thereof, wherein X, R20, Ri, R2, R3, Rn and Rc are as defined in claim 1.
19. A method for making a compound according to claim 1
20. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to claims 1 in combination with a physiologically acceptable carrier or excipient .
21. The use of a compound or salt according to claim 1 for the manufacture of a medicament.
22. The use of a compound or salt according to claim 1 for the manufacture of a medicament for use in the treatment or prevention of Alzheimer's disease, mild cognitive impairment Down's syndrome, Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch-Type, cerebral amyloid angiopathy, other degenerative dementias, dementias of mixed vascular and degenerative origin, dementia associated with Parkinson's disease, dementia associated with progressive supranuclear palsy, dementia associated with cortical basal degeneration, or diffuse Lewy body type of Alzheimer's disease.
PCT/US2003/028388 2002-09-10 2003-09-10 Substituted aminoethers for the treatment of alzheimer's disease WO2004024675A1 (en)

Priority Applications (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU2003273310A AU2003273310A1 (en) 2002-09-10 2003-09-10 Substituted aminoethers for the treatment of alzheimer's disease
BR0314180-2A BR0314180A (en) 2002-09-10 2003-09-10 Substituted Aminoethers for the Treatment of Alzheimer's Disease
CA002498269A CA2498269A1 (en) 2002-09-10 2003-09-10 Substituted aminoethers for the treatment of alzheimer's disease
JP2004536446A JP2005538177A (en) 2002-09-10 2003-09-10 Substituted amino ether compounds for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease
MXPA05002705A MXPA05002705A (en) 2002-09-10 2003-09-10 Substituted aminoethers for the treatment of alzheimer's disease.
US10/527,294 US7566730B2 (en) 2002-09-10 2003-09-10 Substituted aminoethers for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease
EP03755809A EP1537072A1 (en) 2002-09-10 2003-09-10 Substituted aminoethers for the treatment of alzheimer s disease
US12/509,938 US20090291970A1 (en) 2002-09-10 2009-07-27 Substituted Aminoethers for the Treatment of Alzheimer's Disease

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US40956502P 2002-09-10 2002-09-10
US60/409,565 2002-09-10

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/509,938 Continuation US20090291970A1 (en) 2002-09-10 2009-07-27 Substituted Aminoethers for the Treatment of Alzheimer's Disease

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2004024675A1 true WO2004024675A1 (en) 2004-03-25

Family

ID=31993978

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2003/028388 WO2004024675A1 (en) 2002-09-10 2003-09-10 Substituted aminoethers for the treatment of alzheimer's disease

Country Status (8)

Country Link
US (2) US7566730B2 (en)
EP (1) EP1537072A1 (en)
JP (1) JP2005538177A (en)
AU (1) AU2003273310A1 (en)
BR (1) BR0314180A (en)
CA (1) CA2498269A1 (en)
MX (1) MXPA05002705A (en)
WO (1) WO2004024675A1 (en)

Cited By (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7504420B2 (en) 2005-04-08 2009-03-17 Comentis, Inc. Compounds which inhibit beta-secretase activity and methods of use
US7550481B2 (en) 2003-12-19 2009-06-23 Merck & Co., Inc. Phenylamide and pyridylamide beta-secretase inhibitors for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease
US8198453B2 (en) 2006-09-18 2012-06-12 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Piperidine renin inhibitors
US8372978B2 (en) 2009-08-06 2013-02-12 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Salts of methyl 2-((R)-(3-chlorophenyl)((R)-1-((S)-2-(methylamino)-3-((R)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3-yl)propylcarbamoyl)piperidin-3-yl)methoxy)ethylcarbamate
US8455521B2 (en) 2004-10-07 2013-06-04 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Diaminoalkane aspartic protease inhibitors
US8487108B2 (en) 2005-11-14 2013-07-16 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Piperidinyl carbamate intermediates for the synthesis of aspartic protease inhibitors
US10604520B2 (en) 2016-09-07 2020-03-31 Pliant Therapeutics, Inc. N-acyl amino acid compounds and methods of use
US10793564B2 (en) 2018-03-07 2020-10-06 Pliant Therapeutics, Inc. Amino acid compounds and methods of use
US11419869B2 (en) 2019-04-08 2022-08-23 Pliant Therapeutics, Inc. Dosage forms and regimens for amino acid compounds

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2004043916A1 (en) * 2002-11-12 2004-05-27 Merck & Co., Inc. Phenylcarboxamide beta-secretase inhibitors for the treatment of alzheimer's disease
UA103272C2 (en) * 2009-12-11 2013-09-25 Ф. Хоффманн-Ля Рош Аг 2-amino-5,5-difluoro-5,6-dihydro-4h-[1,3]oxazines as bace1 and/or bace2 inhibitors

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1994017096A1 (en) * 1993-01-17 1994-08-04 Schering Corporation Peptides having anti-hiv activity
WO2002002505A2 (en) * 2000-06-30 2002-01-10 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds to treat alzheimer's disease
WO2002002512A2 (en) * 2000-06-30 2002-01-10 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds to treat alzheimer's disease

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
AU2003286530A1 (en) * 2002-10-21 2004-05-13 Pharmacia And Upjohn Company Substituted peptides useful in the treatment of alzheimer's disease

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1994017096A1 (en) * 1993-01-17 1994-08-04 Schering Corporation Peptides having anti-hiv activity
WO2002002505A2 (en) * 2000-06-30 2002-01-10 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds to treat alzheimer's disease
WO2002002512A2 (en) * 2000-06-30 2002-01-10 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds to treat alzheimer's disease

Cited By (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7550481B2 (en) 2003-12-19 2009-06-23 Merck & Co., Inc. Phenylamide and pyridylamide beta-secretase inhibitors for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease
US8455521B2 (en) 2004-10-07 2013-06-04 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Diaminoalkane aspartic protease inhibitors
US7504420B2 (en) 2005-04-08 2009-03-17 Comentis, Inc. Compounds which inhibit beta-secretase activity and methods of use
US8487108B2 (en) 2005-11-14 2013-07-16 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Piperidinyl carbamate intermediates for the synthesis of aspartic protease inhibitors
US8198453B2 (en) 2006-09-18 2012-06-12 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Piperidine renin inhibitors
US8580823B2 (en) 2006-09-18 2013-11-12 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Piperidine renin inhibitors
US8372978B2 (en) 2009-08-06 2013-02-12 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Salts of methyl 2-((R)-(3-chlorophenyl)((R)-1-((S)-2-(methylamino)-3-((R)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3-yl)propylcarbamoyl)piperidin-3-yl)methoxy)ethylcarbamate
US10604520B2 (en) 2016-09-07 2020-03-31 Pliant Therapeutics, Inc. N-acyl amino acid compounds and methods of use
US11673887B2 (en) 2016-09-07 2023-06-13 Pliant Therapeutics, Inc. N-acyl amino acid compounds and methods of use
US10793564B2 (en) 2018-03-07 2020-10-06 Pliant Therapeutics, Inc. Amino acid compounds and methods of use
US11560376B2 (en) 2018-03-07 2023-01-24 Pliant Therapeutics, Inc. Amino acid compounds and methods of use
US11419869B2 (en) 2019-04-08 2022-08-23 Pliant Therapeutics, Inc. Dosage forms and regimens for amino acid compounds

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
MXPA05002705A (en) 2005-09-08
US20060194966A1 (en) 2006-08-31
JP2005538177A (en) 2005-12-15
US7566730B2 (en) 2009-07-28
CA2498269A1 (en) 2004-03-25
EP1537072A1 (en) 2005-06-08
US20090291970A1 (en) 2009-11-26
AU2003273310A1 (en) 2004-04-30
BR0314180A (en) 2005-08-09

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP1299349B1 (en) Compounds to treat alzheimer's disease
US6962934B2 (en) Substituted amino carboxamides for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease
US6864290B2 (en) Statine derivatives for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease
US6982264B2 (en) Substituted alcohols useful in treatment of Alzheimer's disease
US20090291970A1 (en) Substituted Aminoethers for the Treatment of Alzheimer's Disease
WO2004050609A1 (en) Substituted ureas and carbamates
WO2003027068A2 (en) Substituted amines for the treatment of neurological disorders
EP1406617A1 (en) Diaminediols for the treatment of alzheimer's disease
US20030092747A1 (en) Aminediols for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease
WO2004058686A1 (en) Hydroxypropyl amides for the treatment of alzheimer’s disease
US7361688B2 (en) Substituted aminoalcohols useful in treatment of Alzheimer's disease
US20090074746A1 (en) Compounds to treat alzheimer's disease
US20040019086A1 (en) Aminediols for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease
US7763646B2 (en) Compounds for the treatment of alzheimer's disease
WO2005042472A2 (en) Hydroxypropyl amides for the treatment of alzheimer’s disease
EP1586556A2 (en) Compounds to treat Alzheimer's disease

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NI NO NZ OM PG PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL SY TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IT LU MC NL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2003755809

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2498269

Country of ref document: CA

Ref document number: 2004536446

Country of ref document: JP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: PA/a/2005/002705

Country of ref document: MX

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2003755809

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2006194966

Country of ref document: US

Ref document number: 10527294

Country of ref document: US

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 10527294

Country of ref document: US